‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬

‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫شرح حديث جبريل عن اإليمان‬

‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril‬‬
‫)‪About Belief ('Iman‬‬

‫الب ِّر‬ ‫ُ ِ‬ ‫الحم ُد ِ‬

‫صلوات اهلل َ‬ ‫الفضل ولهُ الثَّناءُ الحسن‬
‫ُ‬ ‫العالمين لهُ النِّعمةُ وله‬
‫َ‬ ‫رب‬
‫هلل ِّ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫العالمين‬ ‫رب‬ ‫ِ‬
‫وحبيب ِّ‬ ‫المرسلين‬ ‫ِ‬
‫أشرف‬ ‫بين على سيِّ ِدنَا ُم َح َّم ٍد‬
‫قر َ‪,‬‬ ‫الم َّ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫الرحيم والمالئكة ُ‬
‫والصالحين وسالم ِ‬
‫اهلل علي ِه ْم‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫رسلين وءال ُك ٍّل َّ َ‬ ‫والم َ‬ ‫من النَّبييّ َن ُ‬
‫وعلى جمي ِع إخوان ‪,‬ه َ‬
‫أجمعين‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫النبي َعلَ ِيه الصالةُ والسالم‪" :‬من أتى مسج ًدا وكان‬
‫الحديث عن ِّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ّأما بع ُد‪ ،‬فقد َو َر َد في‬
‫مر ٍة تَامين"‪.‬‬
‫أجر َح ٍج َوعُ َ‬
‫خيرا َكا َن لَهُ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َه ُمهُ أن َيَت َعلَ َم أو ُي َعل َم ً‬
‫والعلم‪ ،‬علم‬
‫ُ‬ ‫موضعا نيتُهُ أن يتعلم الخير أو ُي َعلِ َم الخير‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫هذا األمر ي ِ‬
‫عطيه اهللُ لمن قصد‬ ‫ُُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫السن َِّة‬ ‫ِ‬
‫والجماعة‬ ‫أهل ُ‬
‫وتعليما هو االعتناء بعقيدة‪ُ ,‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫واسع ج ًدا إنما أهم األمو ِر ً‬
‫تعلما‬ ‫الدي ِن ٌ‬
‫اإلنسان أن يتعلم الواجبات من‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫مهما ج ًدا‪ ,،‬لذلك قال العلماءُ يجب على‬‫وهو عند اهلل ً‬
‫علم الدِّي ِن ويجب عليه أن يعلمها لغيره‪.‬‬

‫‪Praise be to Allah the Lord of the worlds, to Him belongs the‬‬

‫‪Everlastingness and the befitting attributes. May Allah raise the‬‬
‫‪rank and increase the honor of our great Prophet Muhammad‬‬
‫‪sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam and protect his Muslim nation from‬‬
‫‪that which he fears for it.‬‬

‫‪Thereafter, it was reported in the hadith of the Prophet sallallahu‬‬

‫‪:^alayhi wa sallam that he said‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

"‫مر ٍة تَامين‬
َ ُ‫أجر َح ٍج َوع‬
ُ ُ‫خيرا َكا َن لَه‬
ِ
ً ‫"من أتى مسج ًدا وكان َه ُمهُ أن َيَت َعلَ َم أو ُي َعل َم‬
It means: “The one who comes to a mosque and his concern is to
learn or teach the goodness of the Religion, would earn a reward
similar to the reward of performing a complete Hajj (Pilgrimage)
”.and ^Umrah

This reward is given to the one who goes to a place with the
intention to teach or learn the goodness of the Religion. The
Knowledge of the Religion is very vast and the most important
matter, whether to learn or teach, is to take good care of the Creed
of Ahlus-Sunnah wal Jama^ah. This Knowledge is very important
to Allah and that is why the scholars said it is obligatory on the
person to learn the obligatory matters of the Religion and to teach
.them to others

‫ كان مع أصحابه فدخل عليهم‬,‫ورد في الحديث المعروف بحديث جبريل أن الرسول‬

‫ من جملة ما‬.‫الش َع ِر وال يظهر عليه هيئة المسافر‬ َّ ‫واد‬ ِ ‫اب َش ِدي ُد س‬ ِ َ‫ياض الثِّي‬ِ َ‫واح ٌد َش ِدي ُد ب‬
َ
ِ ‫ "أَ ْن ُت ْؤ ِمن‬:‫ال‬
‫باهلل َو َمالَئِ َكتِ ِه َو ُكتُبِ ِه‬ ِ ‫ "فأ ْخبِرني َعن اإليم‬:‫ النبي قال‬,‫سأل جبريل‬
َ َ‫ ق‬."‫ان‬
َ َ
ِ ‫ورسلِ ِه واليوِم‬
.‫اآلخ ِر َو ُت ْؤ ِم َن بال َق َد ِر َخ ْي ِر ِه َو َش ِّر ِه" رواه مسلم‬ َْ َُُ
It was mentioned in the hadith, which is known as the hadith of
Jibril, that while the Prophet was with his Companions, a man
came and joined their session. His clothes were so white and his
hair was extremely black and did not have the appearance of a
.traveling person

In fact that was Jibril, who came in the shape of a man to teach the
Companions the matters of the Religion. Among the things which
”.Jibril asked the Prophet was: “Tell me about 'Iman (Belief)

:The Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said

2
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫باهلل ومالَئِ َكتِ ِه و ُكتبِ ِه ورسلِ ِه واليوِم ِ‬
‫اآلخ ِ‪,‬ر َو ُت ْؤ ِم َن بال َق َد ِ‪,‬ر َخ ْي ِر ِه َو َش ِّر ِه"‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َ ُ َُُ‬ ‫"أَ ْن ُت ْؤم َن َ َ‬
‫‪It means: “To believe in Allah, His Angels, His Revealed Books,‬‬
‫‪His Messengers, the Last Day, and to believe in destiny (qadar)--‬‬
‫‪.both good and evil.” Narrated by Muslim‬‬

‫التصديق‪،‬‬ ‫باهلل"‪ :‬معنى كلمة اإليمان لُغَةً‬‫والسالم‪" :‬أَ ْن ُت ْؤ ِمن ِ‬

‫ُ‬ ‫أ ََّما قوله عليه الصالة‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫النبي صلى اهلل َع ِ‬
‫ليه َو َسلَم‪ .‬إذًا‬ ‫اء بِ ِه ُّ‬ ‫ُِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫التصديق ب َما َج َ‬ ‫وشرعا تصدي ٌق مخصوص‪ ،‬وهو‬ ‫ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫الموجودات‪،‬‬ ‫قبل‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫باهلل يعني أن تُ ِ‬
‫ؤمن ِ‬‫ِ‬
‫صدق بوجود اهلل أنَهُ ُموجو ٌد َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫التصديق أن تُ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫اإليما ُن‬
‫موجو ٌد ال يُشبِهُ الموجودات‪.‬‬

‫‪As for his saying: “To believe in Allah”, literally the meaning of‬‬
‫‪the word “'Iman (Belief)” is to believe, and religiously it means a‬‬
‫‪specific belief which is to believe in all what the Prophet sallallahu‬‬
‫‪.^alayhi wa sallam came with‬‬

‫‪So 'Iman means to believe in Allah, it means to believe in the‬‬

‫‪Existence of Allah, to believe that He existed before the creations‬‬
‫‪.and that He does not resemble the creations‬‬

‫فانظر كيف بدأ النبي عليه الصالة والسالم باإلجابة لما سأله جبريل‪ ,‬عن أهم أمور‬
‫اإليمان‪ ،‬كيف رتب الجواب عن مسائل‪ ,‬اإليمان المهمة‪ .‬قال أوالً‪" :‬أَ ْن ُت ْؤ ِمن ِ‬
‫باهلل"‪ ،‬ألن‬ ‫َ‬
‫هذا هو أساس وأصل اإليمان وهو اإليمان باهلل‪ ،‬اإليمان بأنَهُ‪ُ ,‬موجو ٌد وأنه ال يجري عليه‬
‫زمان‪ ،‬موجو ٌد بال مكان ال يحتاج إلى المكان كسائر المخلوقات‪ .‬واهللُ تعالى‪ ,‬ليس‬
‫جسما وليس له أعضاء‪ ،‬هو واح ٌد ال إله سواه ال شريك‪ ,‬له وليس له أجزاء أو فروع‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ضا يتضمن أنه موجو ٌد بال بداية فلم يكن أب ًدا‪ ,‬هناك زمان لم يكن اهلل به‬
‫واإليمان باهلل أي ً‬
‫موجودا ثم وجد‪ .‬واهلل تعالى‪ ,‬ال يلحقه فناء بل هو خالق‪ ,‬األشياء كلها بقدرته وعلمه‬
‫ً‬
‫متصف بالسمع والبصر‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫أح ٍد من خلقه وال يشبه شيئًا من خلقه‪،‬‬
‫يحتاج إلى َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫وإرادته‪ ،‬ال‬

‫‪3‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ ويسمع المسموعات من غير أُذُ ٍن أو‬،‫ بال حدقه أو ضوء أو ءالة أُخرى‬,‫يرى المبصرات‬
‫ءالَ ٍة أُخرى‬.

In the response to Angel Jibril’s question about the most important

aspects of belief, notice how Prophet Muhammad replied, in order
of priority, about the most important matters of the belief. He said
the belief is (first) to believe in Allah, because this is the basis of
the belief. To believe in Allah includes believing that Allah exists
and that His Existence is without time and without place; unlike
the existence of the created things, He does not need a place. Allah
is not a body and does not have body parts. He is One and there is
no God except Allah. He does not have a partner, parts or
branches.

The belief in Allah includes believing that He is eternal; there was

never a time when Allah did not exist and then He came into
existence. He is everlasting; there will never be a time when He
will cease to exist. Rather, Allah is the Creator of everything. He
created everything by His Power, Knowledge, and Will. He does
not need any of His creations, nor does He resemble any of His
creations. Allah is attributed with Sight and Hearing; He sees and
hears all seeable things without a pupil or light or any other
instrument; He hears all hearable things without an ear or any other
instrument.

‫ فمن ءامن باهلل يؤمن بأن اهلل هو‬،‫اإليمان الصحيح يتضمن اإليمان بكل هذه األمور‬
‫ فمن‬.‫ الحقيقي لألشياء كلها وأنه يستحق العباده والطاعة‬,‫ هو المالك‬،‫خالق كل شئ‬
‫ فاهلل‬.‫ والطاعه فعليه أن يعرف كيف يعبده وكيف يطيعه‬,‫ءامن بأن اهلل يستحق العبادة‬
‫تفضالً منه ورحمة أرسل رسالً ليبلغوا الناس ويدعوهم لعبادته ويعلموهم كيف يعبدونه‬
‫ وبالوحي المنزل على األنبياء‬,‫ فمن ءامن باهلل يؤمن برسله‬،‫وكيف يطيعونه‬.

4
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
The proper belief in Allah includes believing in all these matters.
The one who believes in Allah believes that Allah is the Creator of
everything and the True Owner of everything, and that He deserves
to be worshipped, and that He deserves to be obeyed. The one who
believes that Allah deserves to be worshipped and to be obeyed
needs to know how to worship Him and how to obey Him. Allah,
by His great Generosity and Mercy, sent prophets to call people to
worship Him and to believe in Him and to know how to worship
Him and how to obey Him. The one who believes in Allah,
believes in His Messengers and the Revelation revealed to the
Prophets.

‫أعمال‬ ِ
‫اإليمان ال تُقبَ ُل‬ ِ ،‫ال المسلِ ِم‬
‫بدون‬ ِ ُ ‫األعمال ُهو ر‬
ِ
ُ ْ ُ ‫أس َم‬ َ َ ‫أساس‬
ُ ‫حيح هو‬
ُ ‫الص‬
َ ‫اد‬ُ ‫االعت َق‬
ِ ‫اإلنسان؛ المؤمن لو َع ِمل ذَرةً ِمن َعم ٍل تُقبل ِعن َد‬.
‫اهلل تعالى‬ َُ َ ْ َ َ
The True Belief is the basis of the deeds and it is the foundation for
the Muslim. Without the belief, the deeds of the person are not
accepted. If the believer does as much as a speck of a good deed, it
.will be accepted by Allah the Exalted

ِ ‫اد‬ ِ
ُ َ‫َن المالئِ َكةَ عب‬ َّ ‫االعتقاد بِأ‬ ِ
ُ‫ معناه‬:"‫َمالَئِ َكتِه‬
‫اهلل‬ ُ َ ‫ "و‬:‫والسالم‬
ُ ‫أ ََّما قوله عليه الصالة‬
,.‫ش ُر ُخلِقوا من ُت َراب‬ َ َ‫الج ُّن ُخلِقوا من نار والب‬ ِ ،‫َخلَ َق ُهم اهلل ِمن نور من النور الصافي‬
ُ ُ
‫ة‬,ِ َ‫األرض بالنِسب‬ ‫السموات الضخمةُ التي‬ ِِ ِ
ُ َ ‫ َهذه‬،‫م السموات‬,ْ ‫المالئ َكةُ اهللُ َج َع َل َمس َك ُن ُه‬
‫ف‬َ ‫ص‬ ِ َّ ‫َن‬ َّ ‫ حتى أ‬,.‫ للمالئ َك ِة‬,‫إِلَيها كال شئ اهللُ َج َعلَ َها مسكنًا‬
َ ‫النبي َعليه الصالَةُ والسالم َو‬
ََّّّّّّ
‫السماء‬
َ ‫َّن‬, ‫ معناها أ‬.‫ ُح ِّم َل أَ ْك َث ُر ِم َّما يَحتَ ِم ْل‬,‫ط إذا الشئ‬ ُ ‫ األطي‬،ُ‫أطت السماء‬ ِ ‫السماء‬
َ
‫وض ُع أربع‬ ِ ‫ "ما في السماء م‬:‫عليه الصالةُ والسالم‬ ِ ‫ال‬ َ َ‫ ثُ َّم ق‬.‫امتألت َو ُح َّق لها أن تمتأل‬
َ
."‫د أو راكِع‬,ٌ ‫ساج‬ِ ‫ك قائِم أو‬
ٌ ٌ َ‫أصابع إال وفيها َمل‬
ِ ِ
ُ‫ قال اهلل‬،‫ ال يعصون اهلل‬,‫المسلم أَن يَعتق َد أنهم‬ ‫واجب على‬
ٌ ‫ثُ َّم هؤالء المالئكة الكرام‬
,:‫تعالى‬

5
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

﴿ ‫رو َن‬
ُ ‫ؤم‬
َ ُ‫فعلُو َن َما ي‬ ُ َ‫﴾الَّ ي‬
َ َ‫عصو َن اهللَ َمآ أ ََم َر ُهم َوي‬
‫ في الطاعة منذ خلقهم اهلل تعالى‬,‫معناهُ أنهم‬.
The saying of the Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam: “In His
Angels” means to believe in the Angels that they are slaves of
Allah, whom Allah created from pure light; the jinn were created
from fire and the humans were created from soil. Allah ta^ala
made the skies the dwelling places of the angels; these huge skies
to which the earth is compared as nothing, Allah made them the
dwelling places of the angels. The Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa
sallam described the sky with producing the squeaking noise of
carrying a heavy load reflecting that it is full of angels . Thereafter,
the Prophet said:
" ‫ساج ٌد أو راكِع‬
ِ ‫ك قائِم أو‬ ِ
ٌ ٌ َ‫"ما في السماء َموض ُع أربع أصابع إال وفيها َمل‬
It means: “There is no distance (space) greater than four fingers in
the sky where there is not an angel standing or bowing (making
ruku^), or prostrating (making sujud).”
It is also an obligation on the Muslim to believe that the angels
never disobey Allah, Allah ta^ala said:

﴾‫رو َن‬
ُ ‫ؤم‬
َ ُ‫فعلُو َن َما ي‬ ُ َ‫﴿الَّ ي‬
َ َ‫عصو َن اهللَ َمآ أ ََم َر ُهم َوي‬
Verse 6 of Surat at-Tahrim means: “They do not disobey Allah in
what He orders them (to do), and they do exactly what they were
ordered.”
It means that they are engaged in obedience ever since Allah ta^ala
created them.

6
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
ِ ‫السمو‬ ِ ِ ِ
‫ات‬ َ َ َّ ‫ْح ْم ُد هلل فَاط ِر‬ َ ‫ ﴿ال‬:‫ال اهللُ َت َعالى‬ َ َ‫ ق‬،‫الصورة فهم ذوي أجنحة‬ ‫أما من حيث‬
‫اع يَ ِزي ُد فِي‬ َ َ‫َجنِ َح ٍة َّم ْثنَى َوثُال‬ ِ ِ ِ
َ َ‫ث َو ُرب‬ ْ ‫ض َجاع ِل ال َْمآلئِ َكة ُر ُسالً أُولي~ أ‬
ِ ‫َواأل َْر‬
ِ ٍ
.۱ / ‫ير﴾ فاطر‬ ٌ ‫الْ َخل ِْق َما يَ َشآءُ إِ َّن اهللَ َعلَى ُك ٍّل َش ْىء قَد‬
‫ من غير‬,‫ إن تصوروا بصور بني ءادم يظهرون بصور الرجال‬,‫ثم من شأن المالئكة أنهم‬
,‫ ومن قال عنهم إنهم إناث‬,‫ والمالئكة ليسوا إناثًا‬,،‫ءالة الذكورة ال يتشكلون بصور اإلناث‬
ُ‫ كانوا يقولو َن لنا ال َذ َك ُر َولَه‬،‫ العرب القدماء كانوا يقولون المالئكة إِناث‬.‫فقد كفر‬
ِ َّ ُ‫كل ا ِإلناث كما ي‬ َ ِ‫تصوير المالئِ َكةُ ب‬
‫صورة سيدنا‬ ‫عض فوق‬ ُ َ‫ص ِو ُر الب‬ ِ ‫ش‬ ُ ‫يجوز‬
ُ ‫األُنثى ال‬
َ‫المآلئِكَة‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ
َ ‫ين الَ يُؤمنُو َن بِاألَخ َرة لَيُ َس ُّمو َن‬
َ ‫ ﴿إِ َّن الَّذ‬:,‫ قال اهلل تعالى‬،‫عيسى عليه السالم‬
ِ َ‫ت‬.
27 / ‫﴾ النجم‬,‫سميَةَ األُنثَى‬

The Angels, in form, have wings. Allah said in surah Fatir 1,

‫َجنِ َح ٍة‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫السمو‬ ِ

ْ ‫ة ُر ُسالً أُولي~ أ‬, ‫ض َجاع ِل ال َْمآلئِ َك‬
ِ ‫ات َواأل َْر‬ َ َ َّ ‫فَاط ِر‬
ِ ‫﴿الْحم ُد‬
‫هلل‬ َْ
‫اع يَ ِزي ُد فِي الْ َخل ِْق َما يَ َشآءُ إِ َّن اهللَ َعلَى ُك ٍّل َش ْى ٍء‬
َ َ‫َو ُرب‬ ‫ث‬
َ َ‫َّم ْثنَى َوثُال‬
.۱ / ‫ير﴾ فاطر‬ ِ
ٌ ‫قَد‬
The Ayah means: Praise be to Allah, Who created the skies and the
earth, Who made the angels, messengers with wings, - two, or
three, or four pairs: He adds to Creation as He wills: for Allah has
power over all things.

Moreover, if the angels take the shape of a human, they would

appear in the shape of men, however, without the genital organ.
Angels do not take the form of females; the one who believes that
the angels are females commits blasphemy. The ancient Arabs
used to say: The angels are females. They used to say: We got the
males and God got the females. It is not permissible to make
images of females and say that they are the angels as some people
do when they put such images above what they say that it is the

7
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
image of our Master ^Isa (Jesus). Allah said in Surat an-Najm,
Verse 27:
ِ َ‫ؤمنُو َن بِاأل َِخر ِة لَيُس ُّمو َن المآلئِكَةَ ت‬
﴿ ,‫سميَةَ األُنثَى‬ ِ ‫﴾إِ َّن الَّ ِذين الَ ي‬
ُ َ
َ َ َ
It means: “Those who do not believe in the hereafter are those who
name the angels with feminine names, (i.e., believe that they are
female.)”
‫جبريل‬ ‫سنَ ٍة كما‬ ٍ ِ َ ‫ يت‬،‫ش َكل بِصور ٍة غير صورتِِه الحقيقية‬
ُ َ ‫ش َك ُل بصورة َح‬ََ َ َ َ ُ َ ُ ُ َ َ‫ك قَ ْد َيت‬ ُ َ‫المل‬
َ
‫ه‬,ِ ‫ص َد ِد َش ْر ِح‬َ ِ‫حن ب‬ ِ
ُ َ‫والسالم كما في الحديث الذي ن‬
ُ ُ‫ليه الصالة‬ِ ‫للنبي َع‬
ِّ ‫يتشكل‬ُ ‫كا َن‬
‫حص ُل للمالئِ َك ِة‬ ِ ‫اب َش ِدي ُد س‬
َّ ‫واد‬
ُ َ‫الش َعرِ" هذا ي‬ ِ َ‫" َش ِدي ُد ب‬.
ِ َ‫ياض الثِّي‬
ُ َ‫جوز أن ي‬ َ
ِ ‫السالَم لِمريم لَ َّما جلَب لها روح عيسى‬ ِ ِ
ُ‫ال اهلل‬َ َ‫ ق‬،‫السالَ ُم‬
َّ ‫عليه‬ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ ‫ َعلَيه‬,‫بريل‬ ُ ‫جاء ج‬ َ ‫َوكما‬
:‫ش ًرا فقالت لَهُ مريم‬ َ َ‫ َو ُه َو ل‬.۱٧ / ‫ش ًرا َس ِويًّا﴾ مريم‬
َ َ‫يس ب‬ َ َ‫َّل لَ َها ب‬
َ ‫ ﴿ َفتَ َمث‬,:‫تعالى‬
‫ ﴿إِنَّ َمآ‬,:‫َخب َر َها‬ ِ َ ‫نك إِن ُك‬
َ ‫ ثُ َّم أ‬.18 / ‫نت تَقيًّا﴾ مريم‬ َ ‫الر ْح َمن ِم‬ َّ ِ‫ت إِنِّي~ أَعُوذُ ب‬ ْ َ‫﴿قَال‬
.19 / ‫الما َزكِيًّا﴾ مريم‬
ً ُ‫ب لَك غ‬
ِ ِ
َ ‫ول َربِّك أل ََه‬ ُ ‫أَنَاْ َر ُس‬
ِ ‫ ِمن ُد‬,‫صورة ال ِرجال‬
.‫ون َءالَ ِة ال ُذ ُكوريَِة‬ ِ ِ‫ك ب‬
ُ َ‫المل‬ َ َ‫ِم ْن ُهنَا ق‬
ُ ‫ال ال ُف َق َهاءُ أَنَّهُ يَ ُج‬
َ َ‫وز أَ ْن َيت‬
ْ َ َ ‫ش َك َل‬
The angel might take a form other than his original form as when
Jibril used to change his form when he used to come to the Prophet
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam and as in the hadith which we are
explaining right now; It was mentioned in the hadith that Jibril
came with an extreme white dress and extreme black hair; this is
.permissible to happen to the angels

Also it was mentioned about Jibril, when he brought the soul of

:^Isa to Maryam, in Allah's saying in Verse 17 of Surat Maryam

﴾‫ش ًرا َس ِويًّا‬

َ َ‫َّل لَ َها ب‬
َ ‫﴿ َفتَ َمث‬

8
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫‪This means that Jibril came to Maryam in the shape of a human‬‬
‫‪and he is not human. Maryam said to him what Allah mentioned in‬‬
‫‪:Verse 18 of Surat Maryam‬‬

‫نت تَِقيًّا﴾‬ ‫الر ْح َمن ِم َ‬

‫نك إِن ُك َ‬ ‫ت إِنِّي~ أَعُوذُ بِ َّ‬
‫﴿قَالَ ْ‬
‫‪Which means: “I seek refuge with Allah from you, if you are a‬‬
‫‪pious one, and then do not harm me.” Jibril said to her: “Allah sent‬‬
‫‪me to give you the news about having a son who is pious, pure,‬‬
‫”‪and free of sins.‬‬

‫‪That is why the scholars said that it is permissible that the angel‬‬
‫‪would take the shape of men; however, without the genital organ.‬‬

‫بِي على َهيئَتِ ِه األصلية‪ ،‬مرةً كان الرسول‪ ,‬صلى اهلل عليه‬
‫بريل فقد َرءاهُ النَ ُُِ‪,‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫أ ََّما ُهو ج ُ‬
‫وسلم في مكة بمكان يقال له "أجياد" فقال له جبريل‪ :‬أطلب من ربك أن تراني‪ ,‬في‬
‫ص ِع َق‬ ‫صورتي األصلية‪ ،‬فطلب فظهر له من المشرق َّ‬
‫فسد ما بين المشرق والمغرب‪ ,‬فَ ُ‬
‫تحول إلى الصورة‬ ‫رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم (أي غُشي عليه) ثم أخذه جبريل‪ ,‬وقد َّ‬
‫فضمه إليه‪ ،‬ثم قال رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‪" :‬يا جبريل‪ ,‬ما ظننت أن اهلل‬ ‫البشرية ّ‬
‫تعالى‪ ,‬خلق أح ًدا‪ ,‬على مثل هذه الصورة" فقال جبريل‪َّ " ,:‬‬
‫إن اهللَ خلقني على ستمائة‬
‫نشرت منها إال جناحين‪ ,‬وإن اهلل خلق إسرافيل‪ ,‬على ستمائة جناح‪ ،‬الجناح‬
‫ُ‬ ‫جناح وما‬
‫‪".‬الواحد منها مثل كل أجنحتي‬

‫الم َر َءاهُ‬ ‫قال لَهُ ِجبريل‪ :‬أدعوا اهلل أن تَراني مرةً ثَانِيةً‪ .‬ولَ َّما عُ ِّرج بِ ِه َع ِ‬
‫والس ُ‬‫الصالةُ َّ‬ ‫ليه َّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الم َنت َهى ِعن َد َها َجنَّةُ‬ ‫ال اهلل تَعالى‪﴿ ,:‬ولََقد رءاهُ نَزلَةً‪ ,‬أُخرى ِعن َد ِس ِ‬
‫درة ُ‬‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َم َر ًة ثَانيَةً‪ ,،‬قَ َ ُ‬
‫أوى﴾ النجم ‪.15 -13‬‬ ‫الم َ‬
‫َ‬

‫‪9‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫اثر منها‬,,‫اح يتن‬,,‫تمائة جن‬,,‫الم ُخلق على س‬,,‫ عليه الس‬,‫حيح "إن جبريل‬,,‫ديث الص‬,,‫وورد في الح‬
‫ ّدر‬, , , , ,‫ار كال‬,, , , , ‫ول المنظر أي يبهر األنظ‬,, , , , ‫ التهاويل هو شئ يه‬."‫اقوت‬,, , , , ‫در والي‬,, , , , ‫تهاويل ال‬
,.‫ يسقط من أجنحته شئ يبهر األنظار‬،‫والياقوت‬

Once the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam was in

Makkah in an area called “Ajyad” when Jibril said to him: “Ask
your Lord to enable you to see me in my original form.” He did,
then Jibril appeared from the east, he blocked what is between the
east and west and as a result the Messenger of Allah fainted. Jibril
embraced him and his shape had changed to that of a human. The
Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said: “I did not
think that Allah has created a creation in this image.” Jibril then
said: “Allah has created me with 6oo wings and I spread open only
two wings of them, and Allah created Israfil with 6oo wings each
one of them is as big as all of my wings.”
Jibril said to the Prophet: Make a Supplication to your Lord to
enable you to see me again. Allah said in Surat an-Najm verses 13-
15:
﴿ ‫الم َأوى‬ ِ ِ ‫ أُخرى ِعن َد ِس‬,ً‫﴾ولََقد رءاهُ نَزلَة‬
َ ُ‫الم َنت َهى عن َد َها َجنَّة‬
ُ ‫درة‬َ َ ََ َ
It means that Prophet Muhammad sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam saw
Jibril another time at Sidrat al-Muntaha, where Paradise is.

It was narrated in the sahih hadith that Jibril was created with 600
wings with pearls and rubies sparkle from them that dazzle the
sight.
ِ ِ‫صص لَهم وظائف هم طائِعو َن ل‬
‫له‬ َ ِ‫الك َر ُام اهللُ تعالى َج َع َل لَ ُهم َوظائ‬ِ ُ‫ثُ َّم المالئِ َكة‬
ُ َ َّ ‫ف َخ‬
َ َ‫الجن َِّة َك َما ق‬ ِ ‫الجن َِّة يَقولو َن أل‬ ِ ِ ِ
‫ال‬ َ ‫َهل‬ َ ‫نهم في‬ ُ ‫ م‬.ُ‫ف بِ َما أ ََم َرهُ اهلل‬
ُ ‫ص َّر‬
َ َ‫نهم َمن في السماء َيت‬ ُ‫م‬
َ ُ‫ْجن َِّة ُز َم ًرا َحتَّى إِ َذا َجآء‬
‫وها‬ ,َ ‫يق الَّ ِذ‬
َ ‫ين َّات َق ْوا َر َّب ُه ْم إِلَى ال‬ َ ‫ ﴿ َو ِس‬:‫اهللُ َت َعالى‬
﴾‫ين‬ ,َ ‫وها َخالِ ِد‬ َ ُ‫الم َعلَْي ُك ْم ِط ْبتُ ْم فَا ْد ُخل‬
ٌ ‫ َس‬,‫ال لَ ُه ْم َخ َز َن ُت َها‬ ْ ‫َوفُتِ َح‬
َ َ‫ت أ َْب َو ُاب َها َوق‬

10
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

,‫الزبانية‬ ٌ َ‫ َمل‬,‫رأس ِهم‬ ِ ‫ و ِمنهم في النَّا ِر وعلى‬.73 / ‫الزُمَر‬

َ ‫س َمو َن‬
َّ َ‫والذين َم َعهُ ي‬
َ ‫ك‬,ٌ َ‫س َمى َمال‬ َ ُ‫ك ي‬ ُْ َ
‫اهلل ال يتعذبو َن ُهم ُي َع ِّذبُو َن ال ُك َف َار َك َما أ ُِم ُروا‬
ِ ‫اع ِة‬
َ َ‫يتلذذون بِط‬.
Allah ta^ala has given the angels specific assignments and they are
obedient to Allah. Some of them are in the sky carrying out what
Allah has ordered them to do. Some of them are in Paradise, they
would say to the people of Paradise as Allah said in surah Az-
Zumar, Verse 73:
ْ ‫وها َوفُتِ َح‬
: ﴿‫ت‬ َ ُ‫ْجن َِّة ُز َم ًرا َحتَّى إِذَا َجآء‬ َ ‫ين َّات َق ْوا َر َّب ُه ْم إِلَى ال‬ ,َ ‫يق الَّ ِذ‬
َ ‫َو ِس‬
,َ ‫وها َخالِ ِد‬
‫ين‬ َ ُ‫الم َعلَْي ُك ْم ِط ْبتُ ْم فَا ْد ُخل‬
ٌ ‫ َس‬,‫ال لَ ُه ْم َخ َز َن ُت َها‬ َ َ‫﴾أ َْب َو ُاب َها َوق‬
which means: “And those who feared their Lord will be led to
Paradise in crowds: until behold, they arrive there; its gates will be
opened; and its keepers among the Angels will say: "Peace be upon
you! Well have you done and have you earned! Enter you here to
Paradise, to dwell everlastingly therein.".”
Some of them are in Hellfire headed by an Angel called Malik; the
angels who are with him are named the Zabaniyah; they enjoy
obeying Allah; they do not get any torture; rather they torture the
blasphemers as they were ordered to.

‫َرواح إِلى‬ ,ِ ‫يص‬ ,ِ َ‫اد َم كإنب‬ ِ ِ َ َ‫و ُهن‬

ِ ‫ال األ‬ َ ِ‫الز ْر ِع وإ‬ َ ‫ات‬ َ ‫ألجل بَني ء‬ ِ ‫َشياء‬َ ‫اك َمالَئ َكةٌ َوظي َف ُت ُه ْم في أ‬ َ
ِ ‫م في الو‬,ِ ‫الر ِح‬
‫قت‬ َّ ‫ك‬ ُ َ‫ َمل‬.‫قت ُم َح َد ٍد‬ ٍ ‫ساع ٍة مح َد َد ٍة في و‬ ٌ َ‫ اهللُ َت َعالى ُي ْر ِس ُل َمل‬،‫َجن َِّة‬
ِ ‫األ‬
َ َ َ ُ َ ‫ك في‬
‫الجنين‬ ‫ص ِو ُر‬
َّ ُ‫ك ي‬
ُ َ‫المل‬ ِ ِ َ‫الذي َشاء اهلل لِلمرأ َِة أَن ت‬
َ َ ‫وح في الجنين وكذلك هذا‬ َ ‫الر‬ ُّ ‫حم َل يُلقي‬ َ ُ َ
‫يوما كما َو َر َد في‬ ً ‫وح بعد مائةَ وعشرين‬ َ ‫الر‬ُ ‫ َي ْن ُف ُخ‬،ُ‫اء َها اهلل‬
َ ‫والص َفةُ التي َش‬ ِّ ‫ذَ َك ًرا أو أنثى‬
ِ ‫ ﴿فَالْم َد ِّبر‬:‫ قال اهلل تعالى‬,‫ان الم َدبِرات‬
‫ات‬ ِ ‫هؤالء المالئِ َك ِة المس َّمو َن في ال ُق‬. ِ ِ ‫الح‬
َ ُ َ ُ ‫رء‬ َ ْ َُ ‫ديث‬ َ
‫اد َم ِم ْن غَي ِر أَ ْن يَ ْشعُ َر‬ ِ
َ ‫ يُ َدبرو َن أ‬.5 / ‫أ َْم ًرا﴾ سورة النازعات‬.
َ ‫ُمور بَني َء‬
There are angels who are assigned to do things for the Children of
Adam (the humans) like growing the plants, and putting the soul in
the fetus. Allah ta^ala sends the angel in a specified time. The
angel of ar-Rahim (womb), after the time when Allah willed for

11
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
the woman to get pregnant, puts the soul in the fetus. This angel
will blow the soul in the fetus after one hundred twenty days. Also
that angel will give the fetus the form of either a male or a female,
and the characteristic in which Allah willed for it to be. Moreover,
there are the angels, whom were named “al-Mudabbirat”in the
Qur’an, they manage the matters of the Children of Adam without
them feeling that.
‫ لوال هؤالء لتقاذفت‬،‫لهم َ اهللُ ليحفظوا اإلنسان‬ ُ ‫ هم مالئكة َو َك‬،‫الح َفظَة‬ َ ‫َّاك‬
َ ‫ثُ َّم ُهن‬
ِِ ِ
َ ‫ ﴿ َوإِ َّن َعلَْي ُك ْم لَ َحافظ‬,:‫ قال اهللُ تعالى‬,،‫َّاس ال ُك َر َة‬
،‫ين‬ ُ ‫ف الن‬ ُ ‫اد َم كما تَت َقا َذ‬
َ ‫الج ُّن بني َء‬
ِ ِ
11 – 10 / ‫ين﴾ اإلنفطار‬ َ ِ‫ك َر ًاما َكاتب‬.
There are also the “Hafadhah”, they are angels whom Allah ta^ala
has assigned to protect the human being; without them, the jinn
would haven thrown the children of Adam around as people
normally throw the ball. Allah said in surah al-Infitar, 10 & 11:
ِ ِ ِِ
َ ِ‫ ك َر ًاما َكاتب‬،‫ين‬
﴿ ‫ين‬ َ ‫﴾ َوإِ َّن َعلَْي ُك ْم لَ َحافظ‬
The verse means: But verily over you are appointed angels to
protect you, Kind and honorable, Writing down your deeds.

َ ‫َّاس في ال ُقبُو ِر ُمن َك ٍر َونَكير َمنظَُر ُهم ُمخيف‬

‫أسود‬ ُ ‫َّاك َمالَئِ َكةٌ َوظي َف ُت ُه ْم ُس‬
ِ ‫ؤال الن‬ َ ‫ثُ َّم ُهن‬
ُ ِ‫دة َمنظَ ِر ِه ْم اهللُ ُيثَب‬
‫ت‬ ِ ‫ان ال َقبر بأنيابِ ِهم إِ ْن َكا َن م‬
ِ ‫ؤمنًا مع ِش‬ ِ َ‫وأزرق يأتون األموات يخ ِرق‬
ُ ْ َْ َ
ِ ِ‫ ب‬,ُ‫المالئكة ُكفر والعياذ‬
‫اهلل‬ ٌ
ِ ‫ بهم؛ االستهزاءُ بِ ِه ْم َوبِغَي ِر ِهم من‬,ُ‫ ال يجوز االستهزاء‬.ُ‫قَلبَه‬.
‫ الحسنات‬,‫ فالملك رقيب مأمور بكتابة‬،‫ وسيئات العباد‬,‫ومن المالئكة من يكتب حسنات‬
‫ وهؤالء المالئكة ليسوا على األكتاف كما شاع‬,،‫والملك عتي ٌد مأمور بكتابة السيئات‬
‫بين الناس‬.
Also there are the angels, whose task is to question people in the
graves, Munkar and Nakir, they have a scary image, dark navy in
color, they come to the dead person in his grave and question him;
they crack open the graves with their canines. Allah would make

12
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
the heart of the believer firm despite of their strikingly frightening
image.
It is not permissible to mock them and to mock the other angels,
for this is blasphemy; we seek refuge with Allah from that.
There are also angels who record the good deeds and the bad deeds
of the slaves. Raqib is the one who records the good deeds, and
^Atid is the angel who records the bad deeds. They are not on
one’s shoulders as some people say.
،‫كذلك هناك مالئكة اهلل خصصهم لحمل السالم إلى رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‬
,ُ ِ‫ إ‬،‫ز على اهلل‬,ٍ ‫يس بِعزي‬
‫يصال‬ ِ
َ َ‫المسلمو َن هذا ل‬ُ ‫هؤالء يوصلون السالم باإلسم مهما َك ُث َر‬
ِ
‫رسول‬ ِ
‫السالم على‬ ‫حريض لإلكثا ِر من‬
ٌ ِّ ‫سالمهم إِلى‬
َ‫النبي صلى اهللُ عليه وسلم هذا فيه ت‬
‫اهلل‬.
There are also angels who are in charge of delivering the salam
(salutations) to the Messenger of Allah in his grave of the one not
present at the grave of the Prophet who says salams to him. No
matter how many Muslims say salam to him, it is not a difficult
matter for Allah to make the salam delivered to the Prophet
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam. This is an encouragement to say lots
of salam to the Messenger of Allah.

‫والسالم‬ ٍ ‫ك ينزلون كل‬

‫يوم على حجرة النبي عليه الصالة‬ ٍ َ‫ألف مل‬
ُ َ َ ‫وهناك سبعون‬.
‫ الحافظ ابن حجر‬,ُ‫َخر َجه‬ َّ
َ ‫ثُ َّم المالئكة منهم من يعينون العباد كما جاء في الحديث الذي أ‬
‫ "إن هلل‬:‫ عن ابن عباس رضي اهلل عنهما أن النبي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم قال‬,‫في األمالي‬
‫مالئكة سوى الحفظة سيّاحين في الفالة يكتبون ما يسقط من ورق الشجر فإذا أصاب‬
ِ ‫أحدكم عرجة في فالة‬
ِ ‫فليناد يا عباد اهلل أعينوا" قد يتشكلون‬
‫للعبد ويعينوه على ما هو‬
ِ
‫فيه‬.

13
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫اهلل تعالى‪ ,‬يُ ْس ِم ُع هؤالء المالئكة الذين‪ ,‬و ّكلوا بأن يكتبوا ما يسقط من ورق الشجر‬
‫في البرية‪ ,‬نداء هذا الشخص لو كان على مسافة بعيدة منهم ‪ ،‬فهذا الحديث فيه ِداللة‬
‫واضحة على جواز االستغاثة‪ ,‬بغير اهلل ألن فيه أن النبي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم علمنا أن‬
‫نقول إذا أصاب أحدنا‪ ,‬مشكلة في فالة من األرض أي برية "يا عباد اهلل أعينوا" فإن هذا‬
‫‪.‬ينفعه بإذن اهلل تعالى‬

‫‪There are also 70,000 angels who descend every day to the‬‬
‫‪chamber of the Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam. There are‬‬
‫‪also the angels who help the slaves as in the hadith which was‬‬
‫‪related by Hafidh Ibn Hajar in “al-Amali” from the route of Ibn‬‬
‫‪^Abbas that the Prophet, sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam, said:‬‬

‫إن هلل مالئكة سوى الحفظة سيّاحين في الفالة يكتبون ما يسقط من ورق الشجر فإذا"‬
‫"أصاب أحدكم عرجة في فالة ِ‬
‫فليناد يا عباد اهلل أعينوا‬

‫‪It means: “Allah has angels, other than the Hafadhah (angels who‬‬
‫‪record one’s deeds) who roam (on Earth) writing what falls of tree‬‬
‫‪leaves. If any of you fell in a calamity in a desert let him call: O‬‬
‫”‪slaves of Allah help.‬‬

‫‪Allah ta^ala makes these angels, who are assigned to write what‬‬
‫‪falls of tree leaves, hear the call of the person even he was in a far‬‬
‫‪distance away from them.‬‬

‫رجل‬
‫وهناك مالئكة مو ّكلون بزيارة المؤمنين الصالحين لينفحوهم بنفحات خير؛ كان ّ‬
‫يسمى "العرباض‪ ,‬بن سارية"‪ ,‬كبر سنه بعد‬
‫من أصحاب رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم ّ‬
‫وفاة رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم فصار يشعر بضعف وانحطاط في جسمه فكان‬
‫ورق عظمي فاقبضني إليك غير مفتون"‪ .‬فبينا‬‫يتمنى الموت فيقول‪" :‬اللهم إنه كبر سني َّ‬
‫هو ذات يوم في مسجد دمشق رأى شابًا جميل الشكل يلبس ثوبًا أخضر على ثوب‬

‫‪14‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫حسن العمل وبلِِّغ‬ِّ َّ‫ قل "اللَّ ُهم‬:‫ أقول؟ قال‬,‫ ماذا‬:‫ قال له‬،‫ ال تقل هكذا‬:‫أخضر فقال له‬
‫ أنا‬:‫ يا ابن أخي من أنت (هو ظنه من البشر) فقال‬،‫خيرا‬ ً ‫ جزاك اهلل‬:‫األجل" فقال‬
‫يس ُّل الحزن من صدور المؤمنين‬ُ ‫"رتائيل" الذي‬.
,‫فهذا الملك الذي ظهر للعرباض بن سارية صاحب رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم بهذا‬
‫ هم مأمورون بأن يدوروا في األرض لزيارة‬,‫الشكل البشري من مالئكة الرحمة الذين‬
,‫ هذا‬.‫ كربًا أو يعلموا فائدة دينية أو ينشطوهم على طاعة اهلل‬,‫المؤمنين الصالحين ليفرجوا‬
,‫من جملتهم ويقال لهم مالئكة الرحمة‬.
There are angels who are assigned to visit the righteous believers
to give them beneficences of goodness. There was a companion of
the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam, his name was
al-^Irbad Ibn Saryah, he got older after the death of the Messenger
of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam. He started to feel weakness
in his body and wished to die, he said one day: “O Allah I got
older and my bones became fragile (weaker), so take my soul and
make me die clear of the temptations.”
One day while he was in the mosque of Damascus, he saw a young
man who had a green dress on, which he wore on top of another
green dress that young man said to him: “Do not say that”. He said
to him: “What shall I say?” He said: “Say: O Allah guide me to the
good deeds until I die.” He said to him: “May Allah reward you;
who are you, O the son of my brother <he thought that he was a
human>.” He said: “I am Rata’il, the angel in charge of relieving
sadness of the believers.”
So that angel who appeared to al-^Irbad Ibn Saryah in that human
shape is among the angels of mercy, who roam the earth to visit the
righteous believers to relieve their stress, or to teach them a
beneficial knowledge; or to energize them to obey Allah. That
angel was one of them, and they are called the Angels of Mercy.

15
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫ك الم ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫َّاس أَنَّهُ ال يَ ُ‬
‫وت َعزرائيل بعضهم‬ ‫جوز االستهزاءُ ب َملَ َ‬ ‫حذير الن ِ‬
‫جب تَ ُ‬ ‫كما أَنَّهُ يَ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫فر والعياذُ‬
‫ضيَّ َع العُنوان" وهذا ُك ٌ‬ ‫ض روح فالن ف َ‬ ‫"جاء َلي ْقبِ َ‬
‫يَسبُونَهُ وبعضهم يقولو َن‪َ :‬‬
‫َجلُ ُه ْ‪,‬م فَالَ يَ ْستَْئ ِخ ُرو َن َس َ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اعةً‬ ‫َج ٌل إِذَا َج َ‬
‫آء أ َ‬ ‫ال اهللُ َت َعالى‪﴿ :‬ل ُك ِّل أ َُّمة أ َ‬‫باهلل‪ ،‬قَ َ‬
‫ن﴾ سورة يونس ‪49 /‬‬ ‫‪َ .‬والَ يَ ْسَت ْق ِد ُمو َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫المالئكة أو استخف به فليس بمؤمن عند اهلل‬ ‫ب واح ٌد من‬
‫‪َ .‬م ْن َس َّ‬
‫‪Also, we must warn people against mocking the Angel of Death‬‬
‫‪^Azra’il, for some would cuss him, and others say: He came to‬‬
‫‪take the soul of so and so; however, he lost his address. This is‬‬
‫‪blasphemy and we seek refuge with Allah from that. Allah ta^ala‬‬
‫‪mentioned in Verse 40 of Surat Yunus that every nation has an‬‬
‫‪appointed time of death, and every self would die at the exact‬‬
‫‪moment that Allah willed for it to die, not an hour late, and not an‬‬
‫‪hour earlier.‬‬
‫‪The one who cusses one single angel or mocks him is not a‬‬
‫‪believer.‬‬
‫َّاس َّأن ُهم ال يَعصو َن اهللَ‪ ،‬فالشيطان قد‬ ‫عليم الن ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫التحذير َوتَ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ب‬
‫كذلك واج ٌ‬
‫المالئ َك ِة من السماء السادسة‪ ,‬مثالً‪ ،‬فإن‬ ‫قول لَهُ أنا ِمن ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫إلنسان َويَ ُ‬ ‫يأتي‬
‫َ‬
‫الشخص أن هذا الشيطان هو َملَ ًكا فقد‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫حراما واعتقد‬
‫ً‬ ‫َع ِم َل الشيطان عمالً‬
‫‪.‬كفر‬
‫الشيخ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫صفات المالئ َك ِة إن لم يعرف ذلك يهلك‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫يتعلم‬
‫َ‬
‫اإلنسا ُن َع ِ‬
‫ليه أن‬
‫خص يَ ْج َم ُع الناس عنده يقول‪ :‬أنا تأتي‪,‬‬ ‫قال في بِالَ ِد الحب َ ِ‬
‫شة َش ٌ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫عبد اهلل َ‬
‫جاب من‬‫يسأل ثُ َّم يُ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫لعندي المالئكة‪ .‬صاروا يسمعون صوتًا من بعيد‪،‬‬
‫ال‪ :‬أنا أُري ُد أَن أُ َكلِ َمهُ‪ .‬قَ َ‬
‫ال‪َ :‬م ْن أنت؟‬ ‫لم قَ َ‬ ‫َهل ِ‬
‫الع ِ‬ ‫خص ِمن أ ِ‬ ‫ب َش ٌ‬ ‫بعيد‪ .‬ذَ َه َ‬
‫يت من الشعر عن المالئكة‪ .‬سأله‪ ,‬عن صفات المالئكة ثُ َّم قال له‪ :‬ما‬
‫ال بَ ٌ‬
‫قَ َ‬

‫‪16‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ فانقطع َولَم يَظهر‬.‫دو اهلل‬

َ ‫ كذبت يا َع‬:‫ قال له‬.‫ فال ٌن ابن فالن‬:‫ قال‬،‫ك‬
َ ‫اسم‬
ُ
ٌّ‫أب وال أُم‬
ٌ ‫ نعم فالمالئكة ليس لهم‬.ً‫ثانية‬.
Also it is an obligation to warn people and to teach them that the
angels do not disobey Allah, because the devil might come to a
person and say: I am an angel from the sixth heaven (for example),
and then the devil would do something unlawful and that person
would believe that this devil is an angel and he would blaspheme
for that.
The person must learn the attributes of the angels. If he does not
learn that, he would fall in perdition. Shaykh ^Abdullah said that
there was in Abyssinia (al-Habashhah) a man who used to gather
people at his place and he used to tell them: The angels come to me
and visit me. The people started to hear a voice coming from far
away that would ask a question and would be answered from a
distance. A man from the people of Knowledge went to him and
said to him: I want to talk to that one. He said to the one whose
voice was heard by people: Who are you? He answered him with a
verse of poetry about the angels, he then asked him about the
attributes of the angels and then he asked him: What is your name?
To that he answered: So and so the son of so and so. The
knowledgeable man said to him: You are a liar, o enemy of Allah.
He then quit doing that and did not appear again. That
knowledgeable man said that to him because the angels do not
have a father or a mother.

‫ بالهبوط‬,‫ يأمرهم‬,‫ اهللُ تعالى‬،‫إِلى مجالس العلم‬ ‫ثُ َّم المالئكة تحب الهبوط‬
‫ ويستغفرون للجالسين لذلك الشخص‬,‫بالرحمة‬ ‫ يحفونها‬,‫إِلى مجالس العلم‬
ِ
َ ُ‫ قال اهللُ تعالى ﴿ ُه َو الَّذي ي‬.‫يشعر بتغيير‬
‫صلِّي‬ ‫الذي يذهب مرات كثيرة‬
ِ ِِ ِ ‫َعلَْي ُك ْم َو َمآلئِ َكتُهُ لِيُ ْخ ِر َج ُكم‬
﴾‫يما‬
ً ‫ين َرح‬ َ ‫ِّم َن الظُّلُ َمات إِلَى النُّو ِر َو َكا َن بِال ُْم ْؤمن‬
43 / ‫سورة األحزاب‬.

17
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ة فال‬,ِ ‫يام‬ ِ
َ َ‫درها إِال ي‬
َ ‫وم الق‬ ُ َ‫ف ق‬ ُ ‫عر‬َ ُ‫ففي حضور مجالس العلم َب َر َكةً الَ ي‬
:‫الخير إِخوةَ اإليمان فقد قال رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‬ َ ‫ُت َف ِوتوا هذا‬
ِ ِ
َ ُ‫"ال يَشبَ ُع ُمؤم ٌن م ْن َخي ٍر يَ ْس َمعُه حتى يكون منتهاه‬
‫ النَّاس اليوم‬،"َ‫الجنَّة‬
,‫حال أكثرهم َّأن ُهم الَ يَشبَعو َن ِم َن ال ُدنيا‬.
ِ
ً‫ف قد تَكو ُن قصيرةً أو طويلَة‬ ُ ‫الز َم ِن ال يَع ِر‬
َ ‫عيش فترةً من‬ ُ َ‫ا ِإلنسا ُن منا ي‬
ِ
‫برحمة‬ ِ :ُ‫ إِ َّما يقولوا لَه‬،‫عندما تنتهي تَظْهر لَهُ المالئكة عندما يحتضر‬
‫أبشر‬ َُ
ِ :ُ‫ فال يكون له أسع ُد شئ على قَلبِ ِه ِمنهُ؛ وإِ َّما أن يقولوا لَه‬،‫اهلل‬
‫أبشر‬ َ ٌ َ
ِ ‫ف الو‬ .ُ‫فس ِه ِمنه‬
ِ َ‫ فَال يكو ُن شيئًا أَتعس َعلى ن‬،‫اهلل‬ ِ ‫بِس َخ ِط‬
‫د منا‬,ُ ‫اح‬ َ ْ ‫فلينص ِر‬
َ ُ َ َ َ
‫لتعليم الخير‬.
Moreover, the angels love to descend to the circles of Knowledge,
Allah ta^ala orders them to descend to the circles of Knowledge,
they would bring mercy to these circles and ask Allah to forgive
those who are attending them; that is why the person who goes
many times to the circles of Knowledge feels some change in his
status.
Attending the circles of Knowledge is a blessing; one does not
know its value until the Day of Judgment. So do not miss this
opportunity; the Messenger of Allah sallallahu alayhi wa sallam
said:
ِ ِ
َ ُ‫"ال يَشبَ ُع ُمؤم ٌن م ْن َخي ٍر يَ ْس َمعُه حتى يكون منتهاه‬
" َ‫الجنَّة‬
This hadith means that the believer is keen on listening to good
things until he enters Paradise.
The one of us would live a period of time in this world and does
not know if it will be short or long. When one dies the angels
would appear to him either they would say to him: Take the good
news that Allah will have mercy on you, and nothing would be
more beloved to him than hearing that, or they would say to him

18
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
that he will be in a bad status and that he will be inflicted with
torture from Allah, and this would be the worst thing to him; so let
the person work on teaching the good to people.
ِ
‫الكرام‬ ِ
‫المالئكة‬ ‫ومن جملة األشياء التي يجب معرفتها في َح ِق‬
‫ضرو َن‬ُ ‫َنهم ال يَح‬ ِ ِ ‫ضا أَنَّهُ َو َر َد في‬
ُ ‫والسالم أ‬
ُ ُ‫عليه الصالة‬ ُ‫الحديث َعنه‬ ً ‫أي‬
‫ والمقصود بالصورة هنا ما كان على‬.‫فيه صورة أو تمثال أو كلب‬ ِ ‫بيتًا‬
‫نافرا‬
ً ‫مجسما‬ ً ‫إنما إِن كان‬ َّ ‫مجسما ليس الَّذي على الورق‬ ً ‫روح‬
ٍ ‫شكل ذي‬
‫كاملَ ٍة هذا وجوده في البيت يمنع دخول المالئكة‬ ِ ‫بصورة‬ ٍ .
ِ
‫الحديث‬ ‫كاملَ ٍة فهذا ال دخل لهُ في‬ ِ ‫هيئة صور ٍة‬ ِ ‫َّأما إذا لم يكن على‬
َ
ِ ‫ في الح‬,‫كأن كان رأسا أو جسما بدون راس هذا ال يد ُخل‬.
‫ديث‬ َ ُ ً ً
‫ويستثنى لعبة البنات الصغار التي هي خاصةً للبنات وهذا ورد في‬
‫ وكذلك يستثنى من قوله عليه الصالة والسالم في وصف‬،‫الحديث‬
‫ َّأما ما كان لغير الصيد‬،‫ والصيد‬,‫ الكلب ما كان للحراسة‬،‫الكلب‬
‫حرام اقتناؤه وإدخاله البيت‬
ٌ ‫والحراسة هذا‬.
Among the things which one must know about the angels is that
which the Prophet mentioned in the hadith that the angels do not
enter a house which has a picture, or a statue, or a dog. What we
mean here by the picture is what depicts the shape of a body which
is embossed; we do not mean here what is pictured flat on a
surface. So having these three things would prevent the angels
from entering the house.
As for the shape of the body, which is embossed, if it is not
complete--like if it was only a head, or a body without a head--
then this is not included in the hadith.
It was mentioned in the hadith that the young girls' toys are
excluded; also the dog which is used as a guard dog or a hunting
dog is excluded from this hadith. It is prohibited to acquire or to let

19
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫‪in one’s house the dog for other than guarding and hunting‬‬
‫‪purposes.‬‬
‫َن ِ‬
‫الج َّن ُيتَوقَ ُع‬ ‫ِ‬
‫والج ِّن أل َّ‬ ‫ين المالئِ َك ِة‬
‫بَ َ‬ ‫ناك فَر ٌق‬‫َن ُه َ‬ ‫يبقى هناك معرفة أ َّ‬
‫المالئكة ال يعصون‪ ،‬قال تعالى‪﴿ ,:‬الَّ‬ ‫نهم أَ ْن يُطيعوا وأَن يَعصوا َّأما‬ ‫ِ‬
‫مُ‬
‫االعتقاد أ َّ‬
‫َن‬ ‫ُ‪,‬‬ ‫رو َن﴾ سورة التحريم ‪ .6 /‬لذلك ال يجوز‬ ‫ؤم ُ‬‫فعلُو َن َما يُ َ‬
‫عصو َن اهللَ َمآ أ ََم َر ُهم‪َ ,‬ويَ َ‬
‫يَ ُ‬
‫‪.‬إِبليس ُهو َزعيم المالئِ َك ِة فإبليس ِمن ِ‬
‫الج ِّن‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ‬
‫ِ ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫آلد َم فَ َس َج ُدوا إالَّ إبْل َ‬
‫يس َكا َن‬ ‫قال تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬وإِ ْذ ُقلْنَا لل َْمآلئِ َكة ْ‬
‫اس ُج ُدواْ َ‬
‫َم ِر َربِِّه﴾ سورة الكهف ‪50 /‬‬ ‫ْج ِّن َف َف َس َق َع ْن أ ْ‬ ‫‪ِ.‬من ال ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫عض‬
‫قال ما يَقولُهُ البَ ُ‬ ‫الجن َِّة َي ْعبُ ُد اهللَ مع المالئِ َك ِة لكن ال يُ ُ‪,‬‬ ‫ُه َو َكا ًن في َ‬
‫الج ِّن‪ِ ،‬‬
‫الج ُن‬ ‫المالئكة‪ .‬إِبليس هو أبو ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫زعيم‬ ‫أَنَّهُ كا َن طاووس المالئكة أو‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫قي‬‫فيهم التَ ُ‬ ‫فيهم المؤمن والكافر‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫من ذُريَتِه أصلُ ُهم م َن لهيب النار الصافي‪ُ ,‬‬
‫اح ٌد‬ ‫نف و ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫والعالِ ُ‪,‬م‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫والجاه ُل وال َذ َك ُر واألنثى‪ ,.‬أما المالئ َكةُ ص ٌ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫والصال ُح والفاس ُ‪,‬ق َ‬
‫ذكورا وال إِناثًا‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪.‬كلهم مؤمنين‪ ،‬كلهم أولياء اهلل ليسوا‬
‫ار وجودهم هناك سورة‬ ‫جوز إن َك ُ‪,‬‬
‫الج ِّن ال يَ ُ‬ ‫بوجود ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫القرءان‬ ‫اهللُ اخبرنا‪ ,‬في‬
‫الج ِن استمعوا إِلى‬ ‫الجن فيها عن َن َف ٍر ِمن ِ‬ ‫القرءان اسمها سورة ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫في‬
‫َ‬
‫ليه وسلَّم‪ .‬قال اهلل تعالى‪﴿ ,:‬قُل أ ِ‬
‫ُوح َي إِلَ َّي أَنَّهُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫النبي صلى اهللُ َع َ َ َ‬ ‫ِّ‬ ‫القرءان من‬
‫ِ‬
‫جبًا﴾ سورة الجن ‪1 /‬‬ ‫استَ َم َع َن َف ٌر ِّم َن الْج ِّن َف َقالُو~اْ إِنَّا َس ِم ْعنَا ُق ْرءانًا َع َ‬
‫‪ْ .‬‬
‫‪One should also know that there is a difference between the angels‬‬
‫‪and the jinn, because it is expected from the jinn to obey and to‬‬
‫‪disobey, however, the angels never disobey Allah. Allah ta^ala‬‬
‫‪said:‬‬
‫رو َن ﴿‬
‫ؤم ُ‬
‫فعلُو َن َما يُ َ‬ ‫﴾الَّ يَ ُ‬
‫عصو َن اهللَ َمآ أ ََم َر ُهم‪َ ,‬ويَ َ‬

‫‪20‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Verse 6 of Surat at-Tahrim means: “They do not disobey Allah in
what He orders them (to do), and they do exactly what they were
ordered.”
That is why it is not permissible to believe that Iblis (the devil) is
the leader of the angels, Allah said in the Qur’an:
ِ ‫فَسج ُدوا إِالَّ إِبْلِيس َكا َن ِمن ال‬
﴿‫ْج ِّن‬ ‫آلد َم‬ ِ ِ
ْ ‫ة‬, ‫َوإِ ْذ ُقلْنَا لل َْمآلئِ َك‬
َ ْ‫اس ُج ُدوا‬
َ َ ََ
‫َع ْن أ َْم ِر َربِِّه‬ ‫﴾ َف َف َس َق‬
Verse 50 of Surat al-Kahf means that Allah ordered the angels to
prostrate to Adam (not out of worship) and they did except Iblis,
who was a jinn, and he objected to Allah and his order.
Iblis was in Paradise worshipping Allah with the angels; however,
it is not permissible to say as some say that he was the peacock of
the angels or the leader of the angels. Iblis is the father of the jinn,
the jinn are from his off-spring; they were created from the pure
flames of fire (which does not produce any smoke); among them
there is the believer and the blasphemer; the pious; the righteous
and the sinner; the knowledgeable and ignorant; the male and the
female. As for the angels, they are of one type, all of them are
believers, all of them are awliya’ (upright righteous Muslims), they
never disobey Allah, they are neither males nor females.
Allah told us in the Qur’an about the existence of the jinn; it is not
permissible to deny their existence. There is a Surah in the Qur’an
its name is “al-Jinn”. Verse 1 of this Surah states:
ِ ‫استَمع َن َفر ِّمن ال‬
﴿‫ْج ِّن َف َقالُو~اْ إِنَّا َس ِم ْعنَا ُق ْرءانًا‬ ِ
َ ٌ َ َ ْ ُ‫ي إِلَ َّي أَنَّه‬,َ ‫قُ ْل أُوح‬
‫﴾ َع َجبًا‬
It means that a group of the jinn listened to the Qur’an being
recited by the Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam.

21
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
ِ ِِ
‫ب اإليما ُن‬ ُ ‫ معناهُ أنَّهُ يَج‬:"‫ " َو ُكتُبه‬:‫قال عليه الصالة والسالم‬
‫حيث العدد‬ ُ ‫السماوية التي كانت تنزل على األنبياء والرسل من‬ ِ ‫ب‬ِ ِ‫بال ُكت‬
,‫ؤم َن بالكتب السماوية‬ ِ ‫اإلنسان أن ي‬ ,ِ ‫ب على‬ ِ
ُ ٌ ‫ واج‬,،‫هي مائة وأربعة‬.
ِ ِ‫ التوراة أُن ِزلَت على موسى ب‬:ُ‫المشهور ِمنها َه ِذ ِه األربعة‬
,‫العبرية‬ ََ َ ُ
‫بالسريانيَ ِة‬
ُ ‫اإلنجيل على عيسى‬ ُ
ِ ‫ل على َداو َد‬,َ ‫والزبور أُن ِز‬
‫ وأُن ِز َل‬,‫بالعبرية‬ ُ َ
‫ضا‬ ً ‫وهناك أي‬
َ .‫العربِيَ ِة‬ ِ ٍ
َ ِ‫رءا ُن على ُم َح َّمد صلى اهللُ َعلَيه َو َسلَّ َم ب‬ َ ‫وأُن ِز َل ال ُق‬
‫ وموسى وشيث‬,‫ص ُح ًفا أُن ِزلَت على إبراهيم‬ ُ.
The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said:
“His Revealed Books”: It means to believe in the Divine Books,
which were revealed to the prophets and messengers. There are
104 Divine Books, It is obligatory on the person to believe in the
Divine Books.
The most famous Divine Books are four:
1- The original Tawrah that was revealed to our Master Musa,
peace be upon him, in Hebrew.
2- The Zabur that was revealed to our Master Dawud, peace be
upon him, in Hebrew.
3- The original Injil that was revealed to our Master ^Isa, peace
be upon him, in Syriac.
4- The Qur’an that was revealed to Muhammad, peace be upon
him, in Arabic.
There are also journals, which were revealed to Ibrahim
(Abraham), Musa (Moses), and Shith (Seth).

22
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ فيها عقيدة واحدة‬,،‫الر ُس ِل‬ ِ ُ‫هذه الكتب ن‬

َّ ‫ؤم ُن‬
ُ ‫ُكلَ َها َن َزلَت على‬ ,‫بإن َها‬
ِ َ‫وأنَّهُ ال يشبِهُ شيئًا ِمن المخلوق‬
‫ ُكلها واحدة‬،‫ات‬ ِ ‫وهي اإليما ُن بوجود‬
‫اهلل‬
َ َ ُ
‫يختلف هو الشرائع‬ ِ
‫ إِنما الذي‬,‫العقيدة‬ ‫في‬.
We believe that these Books were revealed to the messengers, all
of them have one creed, which is to believe in the Existence of
Allah and that He does not resemble any of the creations. All of
these Books are one and the same in the creed; however, what
differs is the laws of application (shara’i^).
‫أن ما فيها ليس من‬ َّ ‫اهلل والمعنى‬ ِ ‫ثُم َه ِذ ِه الكتب كلها كالم‬
ُ َ
‫ أنزلَهُ على ُر ُسلِ ِه‬,‫اهلل تعالى‬
ِ ‫شر وال جبريل بل ُهو َكالَم‬
ُ َ َ َ‫ك أو ب‬ ٍ َ‫تأليف مل‬
َ
ِ
‫َوالعبريَِة‬
ِ ‫ال يتَ َكلَم بِالعربِي ِة أ‬
َ َ َ ُ َ ُ ‫ش ِر الَ ُي َق‬ َ َ‫يس َك َكالَِم الب‬َ ‫ل‬
َ ,
‫ى‬ ‫ال‬‫ع‬َ ‫ت‬
َ ِ ‫ َكالَم‬.‫وأنبيائِِه‬
‫اهلل‬ ُ
ِِ
‫ أُن ِزلَت‬.‫َّاس‬ُ ‫ب بهذه اللغات كي يفهمها الن‬ ُ ُ‫ إِنَ َّما أُن ِزلَت َهذه ال ُكت‬,،‫أو السريانية‬
‫رف وال‬ٍ ‫اهلل لَيس بِح‬ ِ ‫ َكالَم‬.‫ف ما أ ُِح َّل وما ح ِّرم‬ ُ ‫عر‬ ِِ
َ َ ُ َ ُ َ ُ‫ب َكي ي‬ ُ ُ‫َهذه ال ُكت‬
ُ ‫ كذلك‬،‫صوت وال لُغَ ٍة وال إطبَاق شفتين وال هواء من الصدر‬
‫يقال‬ ٍ
‫يف‬
َ ‫ َك‬:‫ويقال كالم اهلل بال حرف وال صوت فإن قيل‬ ُ ِ ‫ال ُقرءا ُن َكالَم‬
‫اهلل‬ ُ
‫يس‬ ٍ ِ
َ َ‫ هذا كالم ب َحرف يَ ُد ُل َعلَى كالم اهلل الذاتي الذي ل‬:‫الج ْم ُع؟ يقال لهم‬ َ
‫اهلل بِال ابتداء بال‬ِ ‫ َكالَم‬،ُ‫العبارةُ غَير المعب ِر َع ْنه‬ ِ ٍ ٍ ِ
ُ ََ ُ ُ َ َ ،‫ب َحرف َوالَ صوت‬
ِ َ‫انقطاع بال انتهاء ال يشبِهُ َكالَم المخلوق‬.
‫ات‬ َ َ ُ
All of these Books are the Speech (Kalam) of Allah, it means that
what is in it is not authored by an angel or a human, or by Jibril;
however, it is the Speech of Allah ta^ala which He revealed to His
messengers and prophets. The Speech of Allah ta^ala is not like
the speech of the humans, it is not permissible to say that Allah
speaks Arabic, Hebrew, or Syriac. Rather, these Books were
revealed in these languages so that people would understand them,
and would know the lawful (halal) and the unlawful (haram). The

23
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Speech of Allah is not letters, or a language, or something which is
uttered by closing the lips, or through air from the lungs.
Also, it is said that the ‘Qur’an’ is the Speech of Allah and at the
same time it is said that the Speech of Allah is not a letter or a
sound. If someone said: How can we combine between these two?
We would say to him: The Arabic letters in the Qur’an are
expressions referring to the eternal Speech of Allah, which is not a
letter or a sound. The expression is not the self of what it is
referring to. The Speech of Allah is without a beginning, without
interruption, without an end; it does not resemble the speech of the
creatures.

"‫ظ الجاللة "اهلل‬ ِ ‫َن اإلنسا َن لَو كتب على الح‬

َ ‫ائط لَف‬ َ ِ‫قريب َذل‬
َّ ‫ك أ‬
َ ُ َ‫َوت‬
,‫ "اهلل" ال يعني بذلك أن هذا اللفظ هو الذات‬:‫ثُ َّم لو ُسئِ َل ما هذا يقول‬
‫ المقدس يدل‬,‫المقدس الذي َن ْعبُ ُدهُ إنما هذا اللفظ هو عبارة عن الذت‬
‫ محمد‬,‫المنزل على سيدنا‬
ُ ‫ اللفظ‬,‫ وكذلك‬.ُ‫ المقدس الذي َن ْعبُ ُده‬,‫على الذات‬
،‫صلى اهلل عليه وسلم عبارة عن الكالم الذاتي الذي ليس حرفًا وال صوتًا‬
‫ وكلٌّ يطلق عليه القرءان‬،‫وكلٌّ يطلق عليه كالم اهلل‬.
‫ القرءان‬,‫ضا كلمةُ النَّا ِر لو كتبها اإلنسان ال تحترق الورقة؛ لما نقرأ‬ ً ‫أَي‬
‫ األزلي‬,‫باللغة العربية هذا ُي َعبِ ُر عن كالم اهلل الذاتي‬.
To make this clearer, if someone wrote the word ‘Allah’ on the
wall and was asked what it was he wrote, he would answer,
‘Allah’. His response does not mean those letters he wrote, i.e., the
A, L, L, A, and H are the Self whom we worship (Allah). Rather
he means that this term is an expression referring to the Self Whom
we worship –Who is Allah, the Self Who does not resemble
anything. Likewise, the terms revealed to Prophet Muhammad
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam are expressions of the Speech of
Allah, the attribute of His Self. Both the attribute of the Self of

24
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Allah and the revealed expressions are referred to as the ‘Speech of
Allah’ and both are referred to as the ‘Qur’an’.
Also, if someone writes the word ‘fire’ on paper it does not burn
the paper, when we read the Qur’an in Arabic, we read the
expression about the eternal Speech of Allah.
‫الم‬ ِ ‫ موسى عليه السالم يسمى " َكليم‬,‫ثُ َّم سيدنا‬
‫اهلل" َمعناهُ َس ِم َع‬
َ ‫َك‬ ُ
ِ ِ
﴾‫يما‬
ً ‫وسى تَ ْكل‬
َ ‫ُم‬ ُ‫ ﴿ َو َكلَّ َم اهلل‬:‫ قال اهللُ تعالى‬.‫ليس حرفًا وال صوتًا‬ َ ‫اهلل الذي‬
‫ال يشبه كالم‬ ‫األبدي الذي‬ َّ ‫األزلي‬
َّ ُ‫كالمه‬
َ ُ‫أسم َعهُ اهلل‬
َ ‫ أي‬.164 / ‫سورة النساء‬
‫المخلوقين‬.
Moreover, our Master Musa, peace be upon him, is named the
“kalim of Allah”, it means that he heard the Speech of Allah,
which is not a letter or a sound, and does not resemble the speech
of the creatures, Allah ta^ala said in Verse 164 of Surat an-Nisa’:
ِ
﴿ ‫يما‬ َ ‫﴾ َو َكلَّ َم اهللُ ُم‬
ً ‫وسى تَ ْكل‬
,‫سمعه سيدنا‬
َ ‫يجوز ان يعتقد إنسا ٌن أن كالم اهلل الذاتي الذي هو صفة ذاته الذي‬
ُ ‫فال‬
.‫تشبيها هلل بالمخلوقين‬
ً ‫ هذا ضالل ألن فيه‬,،‫موسى أنه لغة عربية أو غيرها من اللغات‬
,ٍ
‫مشابه للمخلوقات ال في الذات وال في الصفات وال في األفعال‬ ‫مباين أي غير‬
ٌ ‫واهلل‬.
So it is not permissible for one to believe that the Speech of Allah,
which is the attribute of His Self, the Speech which Prophet Musa
peace be upon him heard, is a language –Arabic or otherwise. Such
a belief is a misguidance, because it entails likening Allah to the
creatures. Allah is absolutely unlike all the creations in His Self, in
His Attributes, and in His Actions.

‫قَولُهُ تعالى‬ ‫يس َحرفًا وال صوتًا‬ ِ

َ َ‫اهلل ل‬ ‫َن َكالَ َم‬ َّ ‫ أ‬,‫األدلة‬ ‫أوض ِح‬
َ ‫َو ِمن‬
ِ ‫أَسرعُ ال‬ ِ ‫إِلَى‬
َ ِ‫ْحاسب‬
﴾‫ين‬ َ َْ ُ ‫ْح ِّق أَالَ لَهُ ال‬
‫ْح ْك ُم َو ُه َو‬ َ ‫ال‬ ‫اهلل َم ْوالَ ُه ُم‬ ْ‫﴿ثُ َّم ُردُّو~ا‬
62 / ‫سورة األنعام‬.

25
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫ف من‬ ‫اد فِي لَحظَ ٍة ِمن موقِ ِ‬

‫العبَ ِ‪,‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اهللُ َع َّز َو َج َّل يَنتَهي ِمن ِحس ِ‬
‫اب‬
‫ْ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َخمسو َن أ َ ٍ ِ‬
‫القيام ِة ُكلُهُ‬
‫اب الن ِ‬
‫َّاس أي‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫مواقِ ِ‬
‫س ُ‬ ‫َلف َسنَة‪ .‬ح َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ويوم‬
‫ُ‬ ‫القيامة‪,،‬‬ ‫ف‬
‫‪.‬توقي ُف ُهم على أعمالهم‬
‫ِ‬ ‫نس و ِج ٍّن بِالح ِ‬ ‫‪ِ ِِ ِ ِ ,‬‬
‫والصوت ما َكا َن‬ ‫رف‬ ‫َ‬ ‫حساب اهلل ل َخلقه م ْن إِ ٍ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫فلو كان‬
‫ومأجوج‬ ‫ويأجوج‬ ‫ثير‬ ‫َلف َسنَ ٍة أل َّ‬ ‫ينتهي من ِحسابِ ِهم في ِ‬
‫مائة أ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫لق َك ٌ‬‫َن ال َخ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫رواية‬ ‫ائة‪ ،‬وفي‬ ‫اح ٍد ِمن م ٍ‬ ‫بالنسبة لهم َكو ِ‬
‫ِ‪,‬‬ ‫وحدهم يوم القيامة‪ ,‬البشر كلهم‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الج ِن يَعيشو َن ءاالفًا من السنين‪ ،‬فلو َكا َن‬ ‫عض ِ‬ ‫اح ٍد من ٍ‬ ‫َكو ِ‬
‫ألف‪َ ،‬وبَ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫إبليس َو ْح َدهُ يأ ُخ ُذ حسابه‪ ,‬وقتًا‬ ‫ِ‬
‫والصوت لكا َن‬ ‫لق بالح ِ‬
‫رف‬ ‫اب ال ًخ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫س ُ‬ ‫حَ‬
‫يموت‬ ‫أقل وال‬ ‫َّ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫اش نحو مائة ألف سنة أو أكثر أو َ‬ ‫بليس َع َ‬‫كثيرا ألَن إ َ‬ ‫ً‬
‫وحساب العباد ليس على القول فقط بل على ال َق ِ‬
‫ول‬ ‫ُ‪,‬‬ ‫إال يوم النفخة‪،‬‬
‫عاش‬
‫َ‬ ‫ومنهم من‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫اإلنس منهم من عاش ألفي‪َ ,‬سنَ ٍة‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫اد وكذلك‬ ‫عل واالعتِ َق ِ‪,‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫والف ِ‬
‫رف‬‫أل ًفا وزيادة‪ ،‬ومنهم من عاش مئات من السنين فلو كان ِحسابهم‪ ,‬بالح ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ُُ‬
‫بين‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الحاس َ‬ ‫أسرعُ َ‬ ‫حساب ُهم َز َمانًا طويالً ج ًدا ولم يكن اهللُ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫والصوت الستغر َق‬
‫بل لكان أبطأ الحاسبين‪ ,،‬واهلل تعالى‪ ,‬يقول‪﴿ :‬و ُهو أَسرعُ ال ِ‬
‫ين﴾‪ ،‬ثُ َّم‬ ‫ْحاسبِ َ‬‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫قت‪َّ .‬أما اهلل تعالى‬ ‫ألخ َذ َشيئًا ِمن الو ِ‬ ‫مهما َكانَت سريعةً‪َ ,‬‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ب َ‬ ‫روف َتتَعاقَ ُ‬‫الح ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫يس َحرفًا وال صوتًا وال يُبتدأُ وال يُختَتَ ُم‬
‫وال يَزي ُ‪,‬د‬ ‫دي لَ َ‬‫أزلي أبَ ٌّ‬
‫فكالمهُ ٌّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫نَطَ َق بِ ِه‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫يس بمعنى أن اهللَ‬ ‫ص‪ ،‬فمعنى قَولنا ال ُقرءا ُن َكالَ ُم اهلل لَ َ‬ ‫وال يَن ُق ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ً ِ‬
‫نقرؤه‪ ،‬إنما معناهُ أنَّهُ يَ ُد ُل على كالم اهلل الذي لَ َ‬
‫يس حرفًا وال‬ ‫حن‬
‫كما نَ ُ‬
‫قول القرءا ُن َكالَم ِ‬
‫اهلل‬ ‫المعنى نَ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪.‬صوتًا‪ ،‬على هذا َ‬
‫‪Among the clearest proofs that the Speech of Allah is not a letter‬‬
‫‪or a sound is the saying of Allah ta^ala in Verse 62 of Surat‬‬
‫‪al-An^am:‬‬
‫اهلل موالَ ُهم الْح ِّق أَالَ لَهُ الْح ْكم و ُهو أَسرعُ ال ِ‬
‫﴾ثُ َّم ردُّو~اْ إِلَى ِ‬
‫ْحاسبِ َ‬
‫ين ﴿‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ ُ َ َ َْ‬ ‫َْ ُ َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪26‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Allah ta^ala finishes from questioning the slaves in one instance of
the posts (mawaqif) of the Day of Judgment. The Day of Judgment
is 50,000 years long. The Questioning (Hisab) of the slaves is
presenting them with their deeds; they will be brought to account
for their deeds.
So had the questioning of the creatures --the humans and jinn been
with letter and sound, Allah would not finish from questioning
them in one hundred thousand years. This is because the creatures
are numerous; the ratio of Ya’juj and Ma’juj (Gog and Magog)
compared to the common humans will be hundred to one (100:1)
on the Day of Judgment; and in another narration one thousand to
one (1000:1). Some of the jinn would live thousands of years, so
had the Questioning been with letter and sound, then the
Questioning of Iblis alone would take a long time. This is because
Iblis has lived about one-hundred- thousand years, maybe more or
maybe less; he will not die until the day when Israfil sounds the
Horn (as-Sur). The Questioning of the salves will not be only for
their sayings; rather it will be for the sayings, acts, and beliefs
(convictions).
Also, some of the humans have lived two-thousand years, some of
them have lived one-thousand years or more; and some of them
have lived hundreds of years. So had their Questioning been with
letter and sound, it would take very long time to finish it; this
would entail that Allah will not be the fastest One in questioning;
He would be the slowest one. This is impossible of course; Allah
told us in the Qur’an that He is the fastest One in questioning.
Allah ta^ala said:
ِ ‫﴾و ُهو أَسرعُ ال‬
َ ِ‫ْحاسب‬
﴿ ‫ين‬ َ َْ َ َ
Also, the letters are successive; no matter how fast one says them
they would take time to utter. However, the Speech of Allah is
eternal and everlasting, it is neither a letter nor a sound which has a
beginning and an end; it does not increase or decrease. The

27
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
meaning of our saying that the Qur’an is the Speech of Allah is not
that Allah uttered it as we read it; rather it is an expression about
the Speech of Allah which is not a letter or a sound; this is the
interpretation of our saying that the Qur’an is the Speech of Allah.
ِ
‫بالقرءان على‬ ‫بريل عليه السالم قبل أن يَن ِز َل‬ ,َ ‫أسم َع ِج‬ َ ‫واهللُ تعالى‬
ُ‫أسمعه‬
َ ،‫صوتًا‬
َ َ‫ الذي ليس َحرفًا َوال‬,‫كالما غير كالمه األزلي‬ ً ‫حمد‬
َّ ‫َسيدنا ُم‬
ِ ِ ٍ ٍ ٍ
ُ‫الم َنز ِل َوفَ ِه َم منه‬
ُ ‫ترتيب اللفظ‬ ِ ‫متقطعة على‬ ‫وحروف‬ ‫بصوت‬ ‫كالما مخلوقًا‬ً
,َ ‫فأسم َع ِج‬
‫بريل‬ ِ ‫حروف ال ُق‬
‫رءان‬ ِ
َ َ‫ َخلَ َق صوتًا ب‬,‫ اهللُ تعالى‬،‫الم َنزل‬ ُ ‫ظ‬ َ ‫هذا اللف‬
‫ تَلقاهُ َو َن َز َل بِ ِه على سيدنا محمد صلى اهلل عليه‬,‫وجبريل‬ ُ ‫ك الصوت‬ َ ِ‫َذل‬
‫اللوح‬
ِ ‫جبريل هذا الصوت الذي َس ِم َعهُ مكتوبًا في‬ ُ ‫ وكذلك َو َج َد‬،‫وسلم‬
ِ
‫المحفوظ‬.
ِ ‫أن جبريل لَم يسم ِع ال ُقرءا َن ِمن َكالَِم‬
,‫اهلل األزلي‬ َّ ‫فه ُم ِمن هذا‬
َ ُ‫َفي‬
ْ َ َ َ
‫الذي ليس حرفًا وال صوتًا‬.
Before Jibril brought down the Qur’an to our Master Muhammad,
Allah ta^ala made Jibril, peace be upon him, hear a speech which
is not His eternal Speech the one which is not a letter or a sound.
Allah made Jibril hear a created speech with a sound and
interrupted letters according to the Revealed terms and Jibril
understood the Revealed terms from that. Allah ta^ala created a
sound encompassing the letters of the Qur’an, so He made Jibril
hear this sound; he received it and brought it down to our Master
Muhammad sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam; also Jibril found this
sound which he heard written in the Preserved Tablet ( al-Lawh al-
Mahfudh).
So it is understood from this that Jibril did not hear the Qur’an
through the eternal Speech of Allah, which is not a letter or a
sound.

28
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫بريل من المالئِ َك ِة‬ ِ ِ

ُ ‫ بَل ج‬،‫سم ُع َكالَ َم اهلل‬ َ َ‫بريل ال ي‬
ِ َّ ‫ك أ‬
َ ‫َن ج‬ َ ِ‫يس معنى ذَل‬ َ َ‫َول‬
ِ ‫ َكالَم‬,‫ فَس ِمع ِجبريل‬,،‫اهلل ويفهمو َن ِمنهُ األوامر‬
‫اهلل‬ ِ ‫الَّذين يسمعو َن َكالَم‬
َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ
ِ ‫رتبا بِح‬
‫روف‬ ِ
ُ ً َّ ‫وت الذي َسم َعهُ ُم‬ َ ‫الص‬
َ ‫ك‬ َ ِ‫ ذَل‬,َ‫يأم ُرهُ بأن يَقرأ‬
ُ َ‫أن اهلل‬ َّ ُ‫َوفَ ِه َم ِمنه‬
‫ب ما‬ ِ‫س‬ َ ‫ على َسيِّدنَا ُم َح َّم ٌد ُم َف ًرقًا على َح‬,‫ فأنزله‬،‫القرءان على سيدنا محمد‬
‫ َأم َرهُ اهلل‬.
This does not mean that Jibril does not hear the Speech of Allah,
rather Jibril one of the angels, who hear the Speech of Allah and
understand from it the orders. Jibril heard the Speech of Allah and
understood from it that Allah orders him to recite that sound,
which was in the order of the letters of the Qur’an, to our Master
Muhammad. So he brought it down to our Master Muhammad
according to the order of Allah.

ٌ‫يام ِة فَمأخوذ‬ ِ ِ
َ ‫سمعون كالَم اهلل يوم الق‬
َ َ‫العباد ي‬
,َ ‫الدليل على أن‬
ُ ‫َّأما‬
‫أح ٍد إال‬ ِ
َ ‫ "ما منكم من‬:‫سول اهلل صلى اهللُ َعليه وسلم‬ ِ ‫ديث ر‬
َ
ِ ‫من ح‬
َ
‫ب يَ ْح ُجبُهُ" رواه‬ ِ ِ
ٌ ‫ ليس بينه وبينه تَرجما ٌن وال َحاج‬,‫يوم القيامة‬
َ ‫َسيُ َكل ُمه َربُّه‬
‫البخاري‬.
The proof that the slaves will hear the Speech of Allah on the Day
of Judgment is taken from the hadith of the Messenger of Allah
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam:
"‫ ليس بينه وبينه تَرجما ٌن‬,‫يوم القيامة‬ ِ ٍ ‫ما منكم من‬
َ ‫أحد إال َسيُ َكل ُمه َربُّه‬
َ
ُ‫ب يَ ْح ُجبُه‬ ِ
ٌ ‫"وال َحاج‬
It means: “All of you will hear the Speech of Allah on the Day of
Judgment, there will not be an interpreter to interpret it for you, or
a barrier that will veil it from you.” (Narrated by al-Bukhariyy).

29
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫الم َح َّرفَة‪،‬‬ ‫ِ ِِ ِ‬
‫ب السماوية‪ ,‬األصلية ليس ُ‬‫ثُ َّم الذي نُؤم ُن به ه َي ال ُكتُ ُ‬
‫اليهود كتابًا يسمونه "التوراة" ومع النصارى كتابًا يسمونه‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫يوج ُد مع‬
‫اليوم َ‬
‫ؤم ُن بِما أُن ِز َل على موسى وعيسى‪ .‬التوراةُ‬‫ؤمن بِها‪ .‬نُ ِ‬‫ِ‬
‫"اإلنجيل" هذه ال نُ ُ َ‬
‫فيه أن اهللَ الَ يُشبِهُ شيئًا‬ ‫رسول اهلل‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪.‬األصلي ِ‬
‫فيه‪ :‬ال إِلَهَ إِال اهلل موسى‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪What we believe in, is the original Divine Books not the perverted‬‬
‫‪ones. Today the Jews have a book which they call‬‬
‫‪“Torah”, and the Christians have a book which they call “the‬‬
‫‪Bible”. We do not believe in these books, rather we believe in what‬‬
‫‪was revealed to Musa and ^Isa. The original Tawrah contains:‬‬
‫‪“There is no God except Allah, Musa is the Messenger of Allah”, it‬‬
‫‪has the belief that Allah does not resemble anything.‬‬
‫فيه أن‬ ‫ف الموجود مع اليهود اليوم ِ‬ ‫الم َح َّر ُ‬‫وج ْد‪ُ ،‬‬‫اليوم التوارةُ األصليَةُ ال تُ َ‬
‫اهلل ُموسى‬ ‫بي ِ‬ ‫وأن موسى ءاخر رسول‪ ،‬كذبوا وافتروا على نَ ِّ‬ ‫ابن اهلل َّ‬ ‫زير ُ‬ ‫ُع ٌ‬
‫اللفظ صاروا‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫السالم َح َّرفُوا في‬ ‫السالم‪ ،‬اليهود بعد موسى َعلَ ِيه‬ ‫َعلَ ِيه‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫فحةٌ ِمنهُ ِم َن ال ُكف ِر‪َ ,،‬كتَبوا‬
‫ص َ‬ ‫يُ َح ِّرفُو َن ثُ َّم َح َرفوا بأيديهم‪ ,،‬وهذا ال تَخلو َ‬
‫زير‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫باهلل تعالى أنَّهُ َن َزل على موسى َّ‬ ‫فيه والعياذُ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫زير ُجزءٌ م َن اهلل‪ ،‬عُ ٌ‬ ‫أن عُ ٌ‬
‫هو ِ‬
‫صل في َز َم ِن بني إِسرائيل‪,‬‬ ‫صال ٌح لَ ْم يَ ِرد إِ ْن َكا َن نَبِيًا أو َوليًا‪َ .‬ح ً‬
‫َُ َ‬
‫س فلم رأى ذلك عزير قال‪ " :‬أَنى‪ ,‬يُح ِي ه َِذ ِه َب ْع َد‬ ‫بيت الم ِ‬
‫قد ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫راب في ِ‬ ‫َخ ٌ‬
‫فس ِه "كم سيستغ ِر ُق‬ ‫ال في نَ ِ‬ ‫اهلل إنَما قَ َ‬ ‫ك في قُدر ِة ِ‬ ‫شُ‬ ‫َموتِ َها؟ "‪ ،‬لَم يَ ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫مارهُ؛ َزادهُ بقي‬ ‫بناؤها؟"‪ .‬أماتَهُ اهللُ مائةَ َع ٍام ثُ َم أحياهُ‪َ ,،‬كا َن َم َعهُ زا ٌد َ‬
‫وح ُ‬
‫ص َار ِعظَ ًاما‪ .‬ثُم أَحيا اهللُ له حماره أمام عينيه فقال‪:‬‬ ‫كما ُه َو أما الحمار فَ َ‬
‫أن اهللَ على كل شئ قدير"‪ .‬خالل تلك المائة عام بنو إسرائيل‪ ,‬لم‬ ‫"أعلَ ُم َّ‬
‫ام يَتلو التوراة‪ ،‬فقالوا‪ :‬هذا كان عند‬ ‫ظ للتوراة َف َق َ‬ ‫يكن بينهم من هو حافِ ٌ‬
‫أبيه اهلل فعبدوه وكفروا باهلل‬ ‫‪ِ .‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
The original Tawrah is not available nowadays, what the Jews
have nowadays is the perverted Tawrah, it contains the belief that
^Uzayr is the son of Allah and that Musa is the last messenger,
they have lied and fabricated and said what the Prophet of Allah
Musa did not say.
The Jews perverted the speech, which was revealed to Musa, they
perverted it while uttering and then they perverted it with their own
hands. Not a single page of the book which they have nowadays
with them is free of blasphemy. They wrote in it that it was
revealed to Musa that ^Uzayr is a part of Allah; we seek refuge
with Allah from that.
In fact, ^Uzayr is a righteous man, it was not mentioned whether
he was a prophet or a waliyy (upright Muslim). During the era of
the Children of Israel (Isra’il) it happened that Bayt al-Maqdis (the
Holy House) was ruined, when ^Uzayr saw that he said to himself:
“How could this be re-built”, he did not have doubt in the Power of
Allah at all. Allah willed for him to die for one hundred years and
at the time he died he had with him his food and his donkey. His
food remained as it was when Allah brought him back to life,
however, his donkey had transformed to bones. Then Allah
brought his donkey back to life in front of his eyes, he then said: “I
know that Allah has the power over everything”. The Children of
Israel did not have anyone among them during that one hundred
years who was memorizing the Tawrah, and when ^Uzayr was
brought back to life he started recited the Torah from memory, so
they said: He was with his father –Allah--, so they worshipped him
and blasphemed.
‫ جعلوا‬،‫ َح َّرفُو فيه‬,،‫ثُ َّم هذا التوراة الذي كتبوهُ جعلوا فيه الفواحش‬
ِِ ِ
‫ضخما‬
ً َ ‫ قالوا إِ َّن يعقوب صعد إِلى السماء‬،‫فيه تَشبيهَ للَّه‬
‫فوج َد مخلوقًا‬
‫ اسمك‬:‫ قال‬,،‫ يعقوب‬:‫ قال‬،‫ ما اسمك‬:‫صار َعهُ َفغَلَبَهُ يعقوب فقال له‬ َ ‫َو‬
ٌ‫فر فيه تشبيه‬ٌ ‫ك؛ وهذا ُك‬
َ ُ‫ أنا َرب‬,،‫ العالم‬,‫ أنت تأسر‬,‫اسرائيل‬.

31
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ "أنتم‬:‫ فلم يكلموهُ فقال لهم‬,‫بقوم من بني إِسرائيل‬ ٍ ‫أن موسى مر‬ َّ ‫يقولون‬
َّ َ
"‫مير لمن خلقتهم على صورتي؟‬ ٌ ‫قول َح‬ُ َ‫يف ت‬
َ ‫ " َك‬:ُ‫ فأوحى اهللُ لَه‬:‫ قالوا‬،"‫حمير‬
‫فر‬
ٌ ‫هذا في تشبيهٌ َو ُك‬.
The Jews put many obscenities in the Torah which they wrote, they
perverted it and said in it that Ya^qub (Jacob) ascended to the sky
and found there a huge creature, he wrestled with him and defeated
him. They mentioned in it that the creature said to him: “What is
your name?” He said: “Ya^qub.” He said to him: “Your name is
Isra’il, the world would be under your control, and I am your
Lord” This is clear blasphemy because it contains likening Allah to
His creations.
They also mentioned in it that Musa passed by some people from
the Children of Israel and they did not talk to him, so he said to
them: You are donkeys. They said that Allah revealed to him:
“How would you say donkeys to whom I created resembling my
image?” This is also blasphemy because it contains likening Allah
to His creations.
‫ يقولون أن شعيب َعلِ َم بأم ٍر‬.‫الشئ الكثير‬,َ ‫الفظائِ ِع والبَشائِ ِع‬ ‫وفيه من‬ِ
‫ حتى‬:‫ب على ظهورهم وقال‬ َ ‫ض َر‬
َ ‫ ثُ َم‬,‫فجامعهم‬ ‫َد َعا بناته األربع‬ ‫ُم َعي ٍن ثُ َم‬
ِ ,ُ‫اسرائيل؛ والعياذ‬
‫ األنبياء ال يفعلون‬,‫باهلل تعالى‬ ‫ لبني‬,‫يبقى النسب الشريف‬
‫هذا‬.
This book has many horrible and ugly things, they say in it that
Shu^ayb knew about a certain matter, he then called upon his four
daughters and had sexual intercourse with them. They said that
when he finished he patted on their backs saying: This was done so
that the honored lin eage would stay within the Children of Israel,
we seek refuge with Allah ta^ala from that; the prophets do not do
such a thing.

32
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫كذلك المسمى "اإلنجيل" الذي يَ َّدعي النصارى أنَّهُ أُن ِز َ‪,‬ل على ِعيسى‬
‫فر‪ ،‬ثُم‬ ‫فيه نِسبةُ الز ِ ِ‬ ‫فيه من الكف ِر ِ‬ ‫ال تخلو صفحةٌ ِ‬
‫وج ‪,‬ة هلل واإلبن وهذا ُك ٌ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫شر‪ِ .‬‬
‫فيه يقولو َن أ َن‬ ‫فيه من التناقض والتعارض ما يَ ُد ُل على أنهُ من ِ‬
‫فعل البَ َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫رد من بني ءادم فيه لطخةٌ مما فعله ءادم من خطيئته كما قالوا‪.‬‬ ‫ُكل فَ ٍ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ص البشر‬ ‫قالوا‪ :‬أتى عيسى (يسمونه المخَّلِص) و ِ‬
‫شبَة حتى َخلَ َ‬ ‫ب على َخ َ‬ ‫صل َ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪.‬من خطيئَ ِة َء َ‬
‫اد َم‬
‫‪As for what is called nowadays “the Bible”, the Christians claim‬‬
‫‪that it was revealed to ^Isa, not a single page in it is free from‬‬
‫‪blasphemy. In it, they ascribe to Allah the wife and the son, and‬‬
‫‪this is blasphemy. It has also lots of contradictory and opposing‬‬
‫‪things, which proves that it is the work of humans.‬‬
‫)‪They say in it that every individual of the sons of Adam (human‬‬
‫‪has a stain in him due to the sin which Adam did as they claim.‬‬
‫‪They say that Jesus (^Isa), whom they call the savior, came and‬‬
‫‪was crucified on a piece of wood in order to save the humans from‬‬
‫‪the sin of Adam.‬‬
‫ليه قال تعالى‪َ ﴿ ,‬فَتلَ َّقى~ ء َاد ُم ِمن َّربِِّه َكلِم ٍ‬
‫ات‬ ‫ليه السالم تَاب اهلل َع ِ‬ ‫ادم َع ِ‬
‫َء َ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ‬
‫يم﴾ سورة البقرة ‪37 /‬‬ ‫الر ِح ُ‪,‬‬
‫اب َّ‬ ‫اب َعلَْي ِه إِنَّهُ ُه َو الت َّ‬
‫َّو ُ‬ ‫‪َ .‬فتَ َ‬
‫خص َعصى اهللَ وأتى إلى ما يسمونه‬ ‫ُهم يَقولو َن في دينهم إذا َش ٌ‬
‫ك" َويُغلِ ُق النافِذةَ‪,،‬‬
‫رت لَ َ‬‫يقول لهُ‪" :‬اغفر لي" فيقولون إذا قال له‪" :‬غَ َف ُ‬ ‫"خوري" ُ‬
‫الم‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الس ُ‬
‫ءادم عليه َ‬ ‫يقولون‪ :‬ذهبت الخطيئة‪ .‬وال يَقبَلو َن أن اهلل غَ َف َر آلدم‪ُ .‬‬
‫قال َعنهُ أ َن ُك ُل‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الشجرة أن يُ َ‪,‬‬ ‫األب إ ْن أ َك َل من تِ َ‬
‫لك‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اب‪ .‬أهذا َجزاءُ‬ ‫تَ َ‬
‫حم ُل َخطيئتهُ‬ ‫اح ٍد ِم َن البَ َ‬
‫ش ِر َيتَ َ‬
‫‪.‬و ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪Adam, peace be upon him, repented as mentioned in Verse 37 of‬‬
‫‪Surat al-Baqarah:‬‬
‫َّواب َّ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫يم ﴿‬
‫الرح ُ‬ ‫اب َعلَْيه إِنَّهُ ُه َو الت َّ ُ‬
‫﴾ َفَتلَ َّقى~ َء َاد ُم من َّربِّه َكل َمات َفتَ َ‬

‫‪33‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

His repentance was accepted.

The Christians say in their religion that if someone disobeyed
Allah, he would go to a priest and say to him: Forgive me; they
say: If he would say to him, I have forgiven you and shut the
window then the sin would go. This is accepted to them, yet they
do not accept that Adam has repented. So is this what the father of
the humans deserves because he ate from that tree? To be said
about him that every single individual suffers in this world because
of what he did?
‫ َح َّرفوا الكالم ثُم‬,‫ودليل أنه كالم بشر انهم‬ ِ ‫ض‬
‫واض ٌح‬ ُ ُ‫هذا التناق‬
ُ‫ على الخم ِر قالوا عنهُ انه‬,‫عليه السالم اإلنسان المدمن‬ ‫يصورون فيه عيسى‬
‫عصى اهللَ فيها‬ َ ُ‫كان يتردد إلى أَماكن ي‬.
:‫ب جرن خم ٍر ثُم لما شربهُ ُكلُهُ قال أل ُِم ِه‬ ,َ ‫تالمذته َش ِر‬
‫يقولو َن أنَّهُ اتى مع‬
‫ب‬
َ ‫ض َر‬
َ :‫ قالوا‬،"ً‫ "أظهر لنا معجزة‬:ُ‫ فقالت لَه‬."ُ‫"اجلبي لنا الخمر أيتُها الحمقاء‬
‫الجر َن فنبع الخمر‬ ُ .
ُ‫ هم شاربوا الخمر قالوا هذا الكالم كي يحللوه‬،‫من يَقبَ ُل هذا الكالم‬
‫والسالم ُمبرأٌ ِم ْن ُك ِل هذا‬
ُ ُ‫قالوا هذا وعيسى عليه الصالة‬.
ِ
‫بيوت‬ ‫الليل إِلى‬
ِ ‫في مواضع أُخرى يقولو َن أنهُ كان يأوي في‬
‫ هذا‬،‫ويشرب من َخمرتِ ِهم‬
ُ ‫بشعورهن‬
َ
ِ
‫الزناة يأ ُك ُل قتات طعامهم ويتدفأ‬
ُ‫قبلُه‬ ٍ ‫أي َع‬
َ َ‫قل ي‬ ُ .
This contradiction is clear. The proof that it is made up by humans
is that they perverted its words; they say in it that ^Isa peace be
upon him was alcoholic; they say in it that he used to go to places
were Allah is disobeyed; they say that he drank from a font of wine
with his students and when he drank all of it, he said to his mother:

34
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
“O stupid, go and bring us more wine.” They say that she said to
him: “Show us a miracle.” They said: He hit the font and wine
sprang out.
Who would accept these words? Those alcohol drinkers said these
words-- and ^Isa is clear of all of that-- so that they would make
drinking alcohol permissible for them.
In other pages they say that he used to spend the night at the
houses of the fornicators and eat the left-over of their food, warm
his body with their hair, and drink from their wine; so what kind of
a mind would accept that?
‫ ﴿إِنَّا‬:‫ قال تعالى‬،‫ف‬ َ ‫ظ ال ُقرءا َن ِمن أن يُ َح َّر‬ َ ‫الذي َح ِف‬ ُ‫الحمد اهلل‬
9 / ‫ن﴾ سورة الحِجِر‬ َ ‫الذ ْك َر َوإِنَّا لَهُ لَ َحافِظُو‬
ِّ ‫نَ ْح ُن َن َّزلْنَا‬.

ِ ‫ءايات ال ُق‬
‫رءان‬ ,,‫القيام ِة‬ ِ ‫ظ إلى ي‬
‫وم‬ ٌ ‫اهلل تَعالى محفو‬ ِ ‫ال ُقرءا ُن ُكلُهُ من َكالَِم‬
ُ َ َ
ِ ‫ ثُ َّم ال ُقرءا ُن اهلل تعالى جعل‬.‫ضا‬
‫فيه‬ ً ‫ضهُ بَع‬ ُ ‫ص ِّد ُق بَع‬ ِِ
َ ََ ُ َ ُ‫وأح َكامه ال تَتعارض ي‬
‫رءا َن‬ ِ ‫عض الن‬ ٍ ِ
َ ‫َّاس يقرأو َن ال ُق‬ ُ َ‫ ب‬.‫معان متشابهة‬ ‫المعاني وأُخرى‬ َ ُ‫ءايات َواض َحة‬
ٌ
‫حيح‬
ِ ‫الص‬ َ ‫للمعنى‬َ ‫والبعض ُم َوفَ ٌق‬
ُ ‫ويضلوا بتفسيرهم الفاسد‬.
Praise be to Allah, who preserved the Qur’an from being perverted,
Allah said in the Qur’an:
﴿ ‫الذ ْك َر َوإِنَّا لَهُ لَ َحافِظُو َن‬
ِّ ‫﴾إِنَّا نَ ْح ُن َن َّزلْنَا‬
Verse 9 of Surat al-Hijr means that Allah revealed the Qur’an and
that He will preserve it.

All of the Qur’an is preserved until the Day of Judgment, the

verses and the judgments of the Qur’an do not contradict one
another, rather they agree with one another. Moreover, Allah ta^ala
has revealed the Qur’an with verses (ayat) of clear meanings, while
other verses have many meanings according to the rules of the

35
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Arabic language. Some people would read the Qur’an and get
misguided by their invalid and wrong interpretation, while others
are guided to the true and valid interpretation.

ِ
ّ ‫فيجب اإليمان ب ُك ِل أنبياء اهلل‬
‫عز‬ ُ :"‫ " َو ُر ُسلِ ِه‬:‫قال عليه الصالةُ والسالم‬
‫اء بِ ِه األنبياء َو ُك ُل‬ ِ ُ َ‫ل ُهو الت‬,ِ ‫وجل وا ِإليما ُن بِالر ُس‬
َ ‫صديق ب ُك ِل َما َج‬ َ ُ َ ّ
‫أنبياء‬
َ ‫وجل‬
ّ ّ ُ‫ وقد أرسل اهلل‬.‫وم ْن لَم نَع ِرف‬
‫عز‬ َ ‫ من َع َر ْفنَا منهم‬،‫رسلين‬
َ ‫الم‬
ُ
‫محم ٌد عليه الصالة‬ ّ ,‫وءاخر ُهم سي ُدنا‬
ُ ،ً‫ وكان نَبيًا َرسوال‬،‫ ءادم‬,‫ أولُ ُهم‬،‫كثيرين‬
‫ فالنَّبِ ُّي‬.‫غير رسول‬ ‫ منهم من كان نبيًا رسوالً ومنهم من كان نبيًا‬.‫والسالم‬
‫شرع‬
ِ ‫ديد فيه اختالف عن‬ ,ٍ ‫رع َج‬ ٍ ‫ش‬ ِ ‫الرسول هو من أَوحى اهلل‬
َ ِ‫إليه ب‬ ُ
‫ُوحي إليه باتباع شرع‬ َ ‫ فأنه أ‬,‫غير الرسول‬ ُ ‫النبي‬
ُّ ‫ وأما‬،ُ‫الرسول الذي َق ْبلَه‬
َّ
‫أن‬ ‫بعض العلماء ِم ْن‬ ُ ُ‫وما قالَه‬
ِ
َ .‫الرسول الذي َق ْبلَهُ َو ُكلٌّ أُم َر بالتبلي ِغ‬
‫ط‬ٌ َ‫بشرع ولم يؤمر بتبليغه هو غل‬ ٍ ‫ُوحي إليه‬
َ ‫غير الرسول هو من أ‬ َ ‫النبي‬
َّ
‫كيف ُينَبَّأ ثُم ال يؤمر بالتبليغ وكيف يصح أن يُنبأ‬. َ ‫ؤخ ُذ بِ ِه‬ َ ُ‫نيع ال ي‬
ٌ ‫َش‬
‫ وهذه الغلطة موجودة في تفسير‬،‫ فما أشنع هذه الغلطة‬،‫النبي لنفسه فقط‬
ُّ
‫الجاللين وفي كتب عديدة‬.
The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said:
“His messengers”:
We must believe in all the prophets and all what they came with,
those whom we know and those whom we do not know.
They were numerous. The first of them was Adam peace be upon
him. The last one was our Prophet, Muhammad sallallahu ^alayhi
wa sallam. Some of them were prophets and messengers and others
were prophets not messengers. The prophet who is a messenger is
one to whom Allah revealed new laws different from the Laws of
the messenger before him. The prophet who was not a messenger
also received the Revelation from Allah, in which he was ordered

36
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
to follow the Laws of the messenger before him. Both the prophets
and the messengers were ordered to convey their message. Some
falsely defined the prophet who is not a messenger as: “The one
who received the Revelation of a new set of laws, but was not
ordered to convey them to others.” This is a serious error which
one categorically must not adopt.
How the prophet would receive Revelation and then not ordered to
convey it? Would a prophet be a prophet just for himself?
This mistake is so ugly, it is found in “Tafsir al-Jalalayn” and
many other books.
‫ ﴿ َو َمآ أ َْر َسلْنَا ِمن‬:‫اهلل تعالى‬
ِ ‫قول‬ ُ ‫والدليل أن كل نبي كان يُبل ُغ هو‬
‫ُمنِيَّتِ ِه﴾ سورة الحج‬ ِ ٍ ‫ك ِمن َّر ُس‬
َّ ‫ول َوال نَبِ ٍّي إِالَّ إِ َذا تَ َمنَّى~ أَلْ َقى‬
ْ ‫الش ْيطَا ُن في أ‬ َ ِ‫َق ْبل‬
52 /.

‫ والنبي كالهما أرسال ليُبَلغ كل منهما ما أمره اهلل‬,‫ ﴿أ َْر َسلْنَا﴾ معناه أن الرسول‬:‫فمعنى‬
‫ وغير ذلك‬,‫العالمين‬ ِ ‫ الصحيح‬,‫تبليغه من قواعد االعتقاد‬.
َ ‫ب‬ ِّ ‫باهلل َر‬
‫شيطا ُن في أمنيّته أي يَزي ُد‬
ّ ‫ ال‬,‫ ومعنَى ألقى‬،ُ‫قومه‬ ,ِ ‫ومعنى﴿تَ َمنَّى~﴾ في هذه‬
َ ‫اآلية َد َعا‬
ِ ‫الشيطا ُن على ما قالوه ما لم يقولوه ليوهموا غَيرهم أن األنبياء قالوا ذلك الكالم ال َف‬.
‫اس َد‬ َ َُ
ُ‫ف اهللُ َويُبيّ ُن أَنَّه‬ ِ ‫ أي ي‬.52 / ‫الشيطَا ُن﴾ سورة الحج‬
ُ ‫كش‬ َ ْ َّ ‫نس ُخ اهللُ َما يُ ِلقي‬
َ َ‫ ﴿ َفي‬:‫قال اهلل تعالى‬
‫الشيطَا ُن ومن ال‬ َّ ُ‫َّبع ما َي ُقولُه‬ ِ ‫ وذلك ابتالء من‬،‫ليس من األنبياء‬
ُ ‫مي َز من َيت‬
َّ َ‫اهلل وامتحا ٌن ليت‬ ٌ
‫سع َد هذا‬َ َ‫ك هذا وي‬ َ ِ‫يتّبع َفَي ْهل‬.
The proof that every prophet used to convey what Allah has
ordered him to convey is Allah’s saying:
َّ ,‫ول َوال نَبِ ٍّي إِالَّ إِذَا تَ َمنَّى~ أَلْ َقى‬
﴿‫الش ْيطَا ُن‬ ٍ ‫ك ِمن َّر ُس‬
َ ِ‫َو َمآ أ َْر َسلْنَا ِمن َق ْبل‬
‫﴾فِي أ ُْمنِيَّتِ ِه‬

37
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

Allah’s saying:﴿ ‫ ﴾أ َْر َسلْنَا‬means that both of the messenger and the
prophet were sent to convey what Allah has ordered them to
convey about the rules of the correct belief in Allah the Lord of the
Worlds and other than that.
The meaning of: ﴿ ‫ ﴾~تَ َمنَّى‬in this verse is that each one of the
messengers and the prophets called his people to the religion.

The meaning of: ﴿ ‫الش ْيطَا ُن فِي أ ُْمنِيَّتِ ِه‬

َّ ‫ ﴾أَلْ َقى‬is that the devil would
add to what the messengers and the prophets said that which they
did not say to deceive people and make them deluded that the
prophets said that invalid saying.
Allah ta^ala said:
َّ ‫نس ُخ اهللُ َما يُ ِلقي‬
﴿ ‫الش ْيطَا ُن‬ َ َ‫﴾ َفي‬
It means that Allah reveals and makes it clear that the prophets did
not make such statements that the devils injected to the people.
Allah subjects the people to a trial so that the one who follows the
devil will be distinguished from the one who does not follow.
Consequently the one who follows the devil will fall in perdition
and the one who does not follow him will be happy and in a good
status.

ِ
‫األنبياء َبلَّ َغ ما‬ ‫ كل واحد من‬،‫يستحيل على األنبياء عدم التبيلغ‬ ُ
َّ ‫ الَّذي َي ْز َع ُم أ‬،‫غوها‬ ِ
‫أمورا‬
ً ‫َنبياء أخفوا‬
َ ‫َن األ‬ َ َّ‫ن َبل‬,ِ ‫ ُك ُل أمور الدِّي‬،‫ُوحي إليه‬ َ ‫أ‬
‫األشياء ليست من القواعد‬ ,ِ ‫ بعض‬.‫ ما بلغوها هذا كافر‬,‫ِمن أُمو ِر الدِّين‬
ِ
‫للعموم إنما َبلَّغَها‬ ِ
ِ
‫لبعض‬ َ َّ‫صلَّ َى اهللُ َعلَيه َو َسلَّ َم َما َبل‬
‫غها‬ َ ‫النبي‬
ُّ ‫الدينية‬
‫أخب َرهُ أسماء‬ ِ ‫النبي َع‬ ِ ِِ ‫أ‬
َ ‫والسالم‬ ُ ُ‫الصالة‬
َّ ‫ليه‬ ُّ ‫بن اليَ َمان؛‬
ُ ,َ‫ثل ُحذي َفة‬
ُ ‫َصحابه م‬ َ
‫ ما كان يعلم كل‬,‫ الرسول‬،‫ كانوا في المدينة‬,‫بعض المنافقين الذين‬

38
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ب ِس ِر‬ ِ ِ‫ ب‬,َ‫ لذلك كان يسمى حذي َفة‬,.‫المنافقين الذين كانوا في المدينة‬
ِ ‫صاح‬ ُ
‫ كان َسيدنا عمر ابن الخطاب رضي اهلل‬،‫هلل صلى اهللُ عليه وسلم‬ ِ ‫رسول‬
ِ
‫ف أ َن ُحذيفةَ لم يحضرها‬ َ ‫عنه ال يحضر جنازة إذا َع ِر‬.
‫اص ذكره لحذيفة‬ ٌ ‫أمر َخ‬
ٌ ‫هذا األمر ليس فيه قاعدة شرعيةً إنَ َّما هو‬
،‫ أما قواعد الدِّين‬.‫أمر يحصل‬ ٍ
ٌ ‫ مثل هذا‬،‫بالخصوص لحكمة يعلمها اهلل‬
‫ الحسنة في‬,‫ ما هي األشياء‬,،‫ في ءاخرته‬,‫ ما ينفع اإلنسان‬,‫أمور الشريعة‬
‫ ينبغي على‬,‫ ماذا‬،‫ءاخ َرتِِه‬
ِ ‫ ما هي األشياء التي تضر اإلنسان في‬،‫الدِّي ِن‬
ِ
‫األنبياء ألَن اهللَ أرسلهم لتبليغ‬ ‫َح ٌد من‬ ِ
َ ‫ هذا ال يخفيه أ‬,‫اإلنسان أن يفعل‬
ِ ‫هذا للن‬.
‫َّاس‬
It is impossible for the prophets not to convey their message, each
one of them conveyed what was revealed to him; the one who
claims that the prophets have concealed matters among the matters
of the Religion and did not convey them is a blasphemer.
Some matters which are not from the Religious rules, the Prophet,
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam, did not convey them to the public,
rather he conveyed them to some of his Companions like
Hudhayfah Ibn al-Yaman. The Prophet, sallallahu ^alayhi wa
sallam, told him about the names of some of the hypocrites in
Madinah; the Prophet did not use to know all of the names of the
hypocrites who were in Madinah.
That is why Hudhayfah used to be called the one entrusted with the
secret of the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam; our
Master ^Umar may Allah raise his rank used to not attend a funeral
which Hudhayfah Ibn al-Yaman did not attend.
This matter is not a Religious rule, rather it is a special matter
which the prophet mentioned to Hudhayfah out of a wisdom which
Allah knows, so this kind of a matter does happen and there is
nothing wrong about it. However, the rules of the Religious
matters which include what benefits the human in the hereafter,

39
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
what are the good matters in the Religion, what are the things
which harm the person in the hereafter, what is the person
supposed to do, are matters which none of the prophets would
conceal, because Allah sent them to convey to the people.

‫رسلت إلى‬ُ ُ‫ا‬, ‫قوم ِه‬ ِ ‫ إلى‬,‫النبي يرسل‬ ِ

ُ َ ُّ ‫ "كان‬:‫يس في قَول النبي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‬ َ َ‫َول‬
ِ ‫أن من ِسوى نبيِّنا محمد صلى اهلل عليه وسلم لم يجب‬
‫عليه أن يُبلّ َغ َمن ُه ْم‬ َّ "ً‫الناس كافَّة‬ ِ
‫َّص لَ ُهم َكا َن أن‬ ِ ‫وم ِه إِنَّما المعنى أن األنبياء غَير نبينا أُرسلوا إلى‬
َّ ‫أقوامهم أي‬
َّ ‫أن الن‬ ِ َ‫ِسوى ق‬
ّ َ َ
ِ ِ
‫والنهي عن‬
,َ ‫بالمعروف‬ َ ‫قومهم ليس معناه أنهم ال يُبلغو َن سوى قوم ِهم ألن‬
‫األمر‬ َ ‫يُبلّغوا‬
‫وذلك في ح ّق األنبياء أَو َك ُد‬
َ ‫المؤمنين‬ ِ ‫استطاع من‬
‫أفراد‬ َ ‫كل من‬ِ ‫واجب على‬ ‫المنك ِر‬.
َ ٌ
The saying of the Prophet sallallahu alayhi wa sallam:
“The prophet used to be sent to his people and I was sent to all of
the people.” Does not mean that it was not obligatory on the
prophets, other than our Prophet Muhammad sallallahu alayhi wa
sallam, to convey to other than his people. Rather the meaning is
that the prophets other than our Prophet got the message to convey
to their people; it does not mean that they do not convey to other
than their people. Because commanding the obligatory (ma^ruf)
and forbidding the unlawful (munkar) is obligatory on every one of
the believers who can do it; as for the prophets, this matter is more
confirmed to them.

‫بس ْة‬ ِ
َ ‫وح‬
ُ ‫أرت وهو الذي يكو ُن في لسانه عقدة‬ ُ ‫األنبياء فُصحاءُ فليس‬ ‫كل‬
َّ ‫وليُعلَم أن‬
‫صّي ُر‬ ِ ِِ
َ ُ‫وأما األلث ُغ فهو الذي ي‬
ّ ،‫ وال تَأتَاءُ وال ألث ُغ‬،ُ‫وي ْع َج ُل في َكالمه فال يُطاوعهُ لسانه‬
َ
‫ثاء‬
ً ‫ين‬َ ‫والس‬
ّ ‫الما‬
ً ‫الراء غينًا أو‬
َ .
Let it be known that all the prophets were eloquent; there was no
one among them whose tongue stammered; i.e. the one who speaks
with a twitch or speaks in a hurry so his tongue betrays him. Also,
none of them stutters or lisps.

40
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫جاز عليهم‬
َ ‫ ألنّه لو‬,،‫ات‬ ِ ‫رعيات والعادي‬
ّ َّ ‫بق اللِسان في‬
,ِ ‫الش‬ ُ ‫يستحيل عليهم َس‬
ُ ‫وأنَّه‬
‫النبي "ما يدرينا أنّه‬
ِّ ‫الم عن‬ ٌ ‫قائل لَ َما يُبلغهُ َك‬ َ ،‫صح ِة ما يقولونه‬
ٌ ‫ولقال‬ ّ ‫ في‬,ُ‫الرتفعت الثّقة‬
‫غير الذي‬ ِ ِ ‫وجه س‬ِ ‫يكون قالَهُ على‬
ُ ‫يحص ُل من النّبي أن يَص ُد َر منه َكالَ ٌم‬ُ ‫ فال‬،"‫بق اللسان‬ َ
‫نائم‬ ِ
ٌ ‫يحص ُل لمن يتكلم وهو‬ ُ ‫بالمرة كما‬ ّ ‫أراد قوله‬ َ ‫كالم ما‬
ٌ ‫ أو أن يَص ُد َر منه‬،‫أراد قوله‬
َ .
It is impossible that they would have a slip of tongue either in the
Religious matters or in the matters of the daily life. Because if this
would be permissible for them, then there will be no confidence in
what they say; some would then say: “How do we know if what he
said was just a slip of a tongue.” So the prophet would not say
words other than what he wanted to say, nor would he say words
which he did not intend to say at all, as what happens with the one
who speaks while he is sleeping.

ٌ ُ‫ش ِر َو ُه ْم ذ‬
‫ ال‬،‫كور‬ َ َ‫وج ُد ُنبُوةٌ في غَي ِر الب‬ ّ ُ‫ فال ت‬،‫من البشر‬ ‫واألنبياءُ هم‬
ُ‫ش ِر؛ اهلل‬ َ ‫ش ِر َو ُهم‬
َ َ‫صفوةُ الب‬ َ َ‫في النساء وهؤالء هم ِخ َيرةُ الب‬ ‫يوج ُد أنبياء‬
‫ودنياهم‬
ُ ‫َّاس َمصالِ َح دينهم‬ ِ
َ ‫ش ِر هؤالء ليُبَلغوا الن‬
َ َ‫الب‬ ‫اختار ِم َن‬
َ .
Prophets are humans, there is no prophethood in other than the
humans; they are males; there are no prophets among the females.
They are the best humans; the elite of the humans; Allah ta^ala
chose them from among the humans so that they will convey to
people what is right for them religiously and what is right for them
among the worldly matters.
ِ ،‫ من البش ِر‬,‫فات تَختص بِ ِهم مع أنهم‬
‫ومن َه ِذ ِه‬ ِ ِ
ُ َ ُ َ ٌ ‫واهللُ تعالى َج َع َل لألنبياء ص‬
‫ اهلل كانوا مسلمين ليس‬,‫ أنهم كلهم مسلمون من أول ما خلقهم‬,‫الصفات‬ ِ
ِ
‫اإليمان‬ ِ ‫فيهم َم ْن َكا َن َي ْعبُ ُد غَير اهلل بَل ُهم ِم ْن أ‬
‫ كانوا على‬,‫َول نشأتِ ِهم‬ ْ َ
ِ ‫يؤمنو َن بِأَ َن اهلل‬ ِ .
ُ‫ريك لَه‬
,َ ‫واح ٌد ال َش‬ َ

41
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫فإبراهيم‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َويَعبُ ُد َها‪،‬‬
‫َصنام‬
‫ت األ َ‬ ‫نح ُ‬‫َسيِّ ُدنا إبراهيم عليه السالم َكا َن أبوهُ يَ َ‬
‫ال َكريم‪ ،‬قال تعالى‪,:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫القرءان‬ ‫ألبيه ما ذَ َك َرهُ اهللُ في‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫قول‬
‫س َر َها‪َ ،‬كا َن يَ ُ‬
‫َك َ‬
‫ال ألَبِ ِيه يَآ أَبَ ِ‬
‫ت‬ ‫إِ ْذ قَ َ‬ ‫اب إِ ْب َر ِاه َ‪,‬‬
‫يم إِنَّهُ َكا َن ِصدِّي ًقا‪ ,‬نَّبِيًّا‬ ‫﴿واذْ ُكر فِي ال ِ‬
‫ْكتَ ِ‪,‬‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ش ْيئًا﴾ سورة‬‫نك َ‬ ‫ص ُر َوال ُيغْنِي َع َ‬ ‫لِم َت ْعب ُد ما ال يسمع وال ي ْب ِ‬
‫مريم ‪.42 – 41‬‬ ‫ََُْ َ ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ‬
‫ك‬‫ألبيه ذَلِ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ام قال‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ .‬مع أَنَّهُ نشأَ في بَيت َر ُج ٍل يَ َ‬
‫عم ُل األَصنَ َ‬
‫‪Allah ta^ala specified the prophets, although they are humans, with‬‬
‫‪attributes which befit them, among that is that all of them are‬‬
‫‪Muslims; since Allah created them they were Muslims; no one of‬‬
‫‪them was worshipping other than Allah; since they were created‬‬
‫‪they carried the belief that Allah is One with no partner with Him.‬‬
‫‪Our Master Ibrahim’s father used to sculpture and worship the‬‬
‫‪idols, Ibrahim destroyed them, he used to say to his father as Allah‬‬
‫‪mentioned in the Qur’an in Surat Maryam, Ayah 41-42 stated‬‬
‫‪above which means: “O father, how would you worship what does‬‬
‫‪not listen, does not see, and does not bring you any benefit, and‬‬
‫‪does not protect you from any harm.” Although he was raised in a‬‬
‫‪house of a man who used to make idols, he said that to his father.‬‬
‫ص َرانِيًّا‪َ ,‬ولَ ِكن َكا َن‬ ‫يم ي ُه ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫وديًّا َوالَ نَ ْ‬ ‫ال اهللُ َت َعالى‪َ ﴿ ,:‬ما َكا َن إِ ْب َراه ُ‪َ ,‬‬‫قَ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ين﴾ سورة ءال عمران ‪ .67 /‬هذه اآلية فيها‬ ‫َحني ًفا ُّم ْسل ًما َو َما َكا َن م َن ال ُْم ْش ِرك َ‬
‫ريم عن إِبراهيم‪,‬‬ ‫تَب ِرئَةُ إبراهيم‪ ,‬مما يفتَرى َعلَ ِيه‪ .‬أ ََّما ما جاء في ال ُق ِ‬
‫رءان ال َك ِ‪,‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ال‪﴿ :‬آل‬ ‫أنه لما رأى الكوكب قال ﴿ َه َذا َربِّي﴾ سورة األنعام ‪ .76 /‬فلما أَفَ َل قَ َ‬
‫ال‪َ ﴿ :‬ه َذا َربِّي)‬ ‫ين﴾ سورة األنعام ‪ . 76 /‬ثُ َم لما رأى القمر بازغًا قَ َ‬ ‫أ ُِح ُّ ِ ِ‬
‫ب األَفل َ‬
‫سورة األنعام ‪ .77 /‬ثم لما أفل قال كما قال أوالً‪ ،‬ثم لما رأى الشمس‬
‫با ِزغَةً قال‪َ ﴿ :‬ه َذا َربِّي َه َذآ أَ ْكَب ُر﴾ سورة األنعام ‪ .78 /‬أي على زعمكم؛ ثُ َّم لَ َّما‬
‫اآليات ليس‬‫ُ‪,‬‬ ‫دون اهلل‪ .‬هذه‬ ‫غَابت الشمس أَعلَن براءته‪ ,‬مما يعبدون من ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫معناها أن إبراهيم َعبَ َد أَوالً الكوكب ثم القمر ثم الشمس‪ ،‬إبراهيم كان‬

‫‪42‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫الذين كانوا‬
,َ ‫وم ِه الكفار‬ِ َ‫ أن يقيم الحجة على ق‬,‫كان يريد‬ ‫شديدي الذكاء‬
:‫القمر فقال‬
َ ‫ فماذا فعل؟ انتظر َحتَ َى طَلَ َع‬،‫والشمس َوال َق َم َر‬
َ ‫النجوم‬
َ ‫يعبدو َن‬
‫ إِن َكاري‬,‫هذا استفهام‬ ﴾‫﴿ َه َذا َربِّي‬.
Allah said in the Qur’an:
﴿‫ص َرانِيًّا َولَ ِكن َكا َن َحنِي ًفا ُّم ْسلِ ًما َو َما َكا َن‬ ِ ‫ما َكا َن إِ ْبر ِاهيم ي ُه‬
ْ َ‫وديًّا َوالَ ن‬ َ ُ َ َ
ِ ِ
َ ‫﴾م َن ال ُْم ْش ِرك‬
‫ين‬
It means: “Ibrahim was never a Jew or a Christian, yet he was a
Muslim worshipper; he was never a blasphemer.”

This verse clears Ibrahim of what is fabricated against him. As for

what was said in the Qur’an about Ibrahim that he said:
﴿ ‫﴾ َه َذا َربِّي‬
When Ibrahim said: “Hadha Rabbi?!” that he was referring to the
sun, moon, and the star; he was not stating his agreement with his
people in worshipping those things, nor these verses meant he
worshipped the planet first, then he worshipped the moon and then
he worshipped the sun. Rather his statement was to negate and
oppose what they said. This is a form of expression in Arabic
called negative interrogative, (i.e., a way of expressing one’s
strong denial of a matter by posing a question which clearly shows
that the matter is ridiculous or totally unacceptable.)
‫ث َم َعهُ فَتر ًة فتجده‬ ُ ‫ تَ ْم ُك‬،"‫س ُن ال ُخلُ ِق‬ َ :‫ فُال ٌن‬:‫ك إِنسا ٌن‬
َ ‫"ح‬ َ َ‫قول ل‬
ُ َ‫َمثالً ي‬
‫أن هذا ليس‬ َّ ُ‫ معناه؟ َمعنَاه‬,‫ "هذا حسن الخلق؟" ماذا‬:‫لذاك‬ َ ‫فتقول‬
ُ ‫سئ الخلق‬
‫ار األم ِر أنت تعرف‬ ,ُ ‫ٍٍِن َك‬,‫ الصيغة صيغة سؤال لكن المقصود ِإ‬.‫س ُن ال ُخلُق‬ َ ‫َح‬
‫ ﴿ َه َذا َربِّي﴾ أَي‬:‫ال‬
َ َ‫براهيم ق‬ ِ ِ ِ
ُ ‫الجواب ال تنتظر الجواب أنت تُنك ُر َعلَيه؛ إ‬
‫اب َحتَ َى َتغََي َرت َحاله من‬
َ َ‫هذا الذي تزعمون ربي؟ انتظََر القمر حتى غ‬

43
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫لك‬ ِ
َ َ‫للضعف إِختَ َار ت‬ ‫فيه إشارةٌ أكثر‬ ‫وحال ال َخ َف ِاء‬
,ُ ‫الظهور إلى الخفاء‬
ٍ ِ ِ ُّ ‫ ﴿آل أ ُِح‬:‫اللحظة فقال‬
ُ ,‫يتغير من حال إِلى حال‬
‫والمَتغَِّي ُر‬ ُ ‫هذا‬ ﴾‫ين‬ َ ‫ب األَفل‬
َّ ‫من عدم انتباههم َوفَهمهم للمراد أي أ‬
‫ّن‬ ‫نهم‬ ِ ِ‫ فأي‬.‫يحتاج إِلى من غََّيره‬
ُ‫س م‬ َ َُ َُ ُ َ
‫ ثُ َم لم‬،‫هؤالء الثالثة ال يصلحون لأللوهية فتبرأ مما هم عليه من الشرك‬
‫وأمأ إِبراهيم‬
ّ .‫يمكث فيهم بل ذهب إِلى فلسطين فأقام هناك وتوفي فيها‬
‫يعلم قبل ذلك أن الربوبيَّة ال تكون إِال لِلَّ ِه بدليل‬ ُ ‫ه َكا َن‬,ِِ‫في َح ِّد ذات‬
51 / ‫دهُ ِمن َق ْبل﴾ سورة األنبياء‬ ِ
ُ َ ‫ ﴿ َولََق ْد ءاَت ْينَآ إِ ْب َراه‬,:‫قوله تعالى‬.
َ ‫يم ُر ْش‬
For example, somebody says to you: “So and so has good
conduct.” You would then spend sometime with him and find out
that he has bad conduct, you would then say to that person: “This
one has good conduct?!” What does this mean? It means this one
does not have good conduct. This is a form of expression in Arabic
called negative interrogative, when you are saying that to him you
are not waiting for an answer. Rather, you are strongly denying
this matter by posing a question which clearly shows that the
matter is ridiculous or totally unacceptable.
Ibrahim said: “Hadha Rabbi?!” It means: Is this what you claim to
be my lord? He waited for the moon until it disappeared, i.e., until
its status changed from appearance to disappearance; the status of
disappearance is more indicative about weakness. So he waited for
that moment and said:
﴿ ‫ين‬ ِ ِ ُّ ‫﴾آل أ ُِح‬
َ ‫ب األَفل‬
He told them that this one changes from on state to another, and
the one who changes from one state to another needs one who
makes it change from one state to another. So he gave up on them
since they were not attentive to what he was saying and did not
understand what is meant that these three: the sun, the moon, and
the planet do not deserve to be worshipped.

44
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
So he showed them that he does not acknowledge the shirk
(associating partners with Allah) they are committing, after that he
did not stay with them; he went to Palestine and resided there until
he died therein. As for Ibrahim personally, he definitely used to
know from before that Allah is the Only Lord as stated in Allah’s
saying in Verse 51 of Surat al-Anbiya’:
﴿ ‫يم ُر ْش َدهُ ِمن َق ْب ُل‬
,َ ‫﴾ َولََق ْد ءاَت ْينَآ إِ ْب َر ِاه‬
,‫ َق ْب َل َه ِذ ِه الحادثة‬،‫ في قلبه لم يعبد غير اهلل‬,‫واحدة‬ ٍ ٍ
‫للحظة‬ ‫ط ولو‬ ٌ َ‫هو ق‬
‫عصمهم ِم َن‬
ُ َ‫اهلل َت َعالى اهللُ ي‬ ِ ‫ أنبياء‬،‫السالَم َكا َن على اإلسالم‬
ُ
ِ
ُ َّ ‫براهيم َعلَيه‬ ,ُ ِ‫إ‬
‫بيت فِرعون الذي‬ ِ ‫شأَ في‬ َّ ‫وسى َعلَ ِيه‬ ِ
َ َ‫السالَ ُم ن‬ َ ‫ر َق ْب َل النُُب َوة َو َب ْع َد َها؛ ُم‬,ِ ‫ال ُك ْف‬
‫يس‬
َ َ‫ أل‬،‫يمان‬ َ ‫ك موسى نَشأَ على ا ِإل‬ َ ِ‫يقول "أَنَا َربُّ ُك ُم األَ ْعلَى" َمع ذَل‬ ُ ‫كان‬
‫َتَبنَاهُ فرعون واتخ َذهُ َولَ ًدا ومع ذلك موسى نشأ على اإليمان‬.
ٍ َ‫َن نبينا محمد صلى اهلل عليه وسلم نشأ في ق‬
‫وم يَصنَعو َن‬ ُ َ َّ ‫علوم أ‬ٌ ‫َو َم‬
‫صنَ ٍم قَط‬ ِ
َ ‫ أ ََّما ُه َو َما َس َج َد ل‬،‫األصنام‬
َ .
Ibrahim peace be upon him, never worshipped other than Allah for
one moment; Ibrahim was on Islam before that incident. Allah
ta^ala makes the prophets impeccable of committing blasphemy
before and after prophethood. Musa was raised in the house of
Pharaoh, who used to say: “I am your highest lord.” Didn’t
Pharaoh adopt him and take him as a son; nevertheless, he was
raised with Belief (Iman).
It is also known that our Prophet Muhammad, sallallahu ^alayhi
wa sallam, was raised amongst people who were making idols, as
for himself he never prostrated to an idol.
‫ب‬ ِ ‫دق لَيس في ِهم من ي‬
,ُ ‫كذ‬َ َ
ِ
ِ ‫بالص‬ ‫ أنهم كلهم موصفون‬,‫صفاتهم‬ ‫ك من‬ َ ِ‫وكذل‬
‫ التي فيها‬,‫ الكذبة‬,‫فالنبي ال يأتي‬ ِ
.‫لألنبياء‬ ‫ة‬,ِ َ‫الواجب‬
ِ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ِمن‬
ِ ‫الص َف‬ ‫أل َن الصدق‬
ُّ َ
,‫ ال َك ِذبَةُ التي هي من الصغائر‬،‫ضرر بمسلم‬ ٌ ‫والتي ليس فيها‬ ‫ضرر بِ ُمسلِ ٍم‬ٌ

45
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

,،‫بل النُُب َو ِة َوالَ َب ْع َد َها‬

َ َ‫ال يأتيها الَ ق‬ ‫بي‬
ُّ َ‫ التي هي من الكبائر الن‬,‫والكذبة‬
،‫ص ِدقَهُ النَّاس فيما ُيبَلِ ٌغ إِلَي ِهم‬ َ ُ‫يف ي‬
َ ‫َك‬ ‫ب‬
,َ ‫اذ‬ِ ‫َن ال َك‬
َّ ‫ ُمطْلَ ًقا أل‬,‫بي ال يكذب‬ ُّ َ‫الن‬
‫ك‬َ ِ‫ص ِدقُو َن ذَل‬
َ ُ‫النَّاس ال ي‬.
Also, among their attributes is that they are attributed with
truthfulness, no one among them commits a lie, for truthfulness is
among the attributes which the prophets must be attributed with.
The prophet does not commit a lie whether it causes harm to a
Muslim or does not cause harm to a Muslim. The prophet does not
commit a lie be it among the small sins or among the enormous
sins, neither before nor after prophethood. The prophet never lies,
because how else would people believe a liar in what he is
conveying to them; people would not believe that.
‫ بما َي ُقوله عند النَّاس كانوا‬,‫جاز الكذب على النبي الرتفعت الثقة‬ َ ‫لو‬
‫ ربُنا َع َّز َو َج َّل اصطفى‬,‫ لذلك‬،‫ثل تِلك‬ ِ ِ ِ َّ ‫ وما يدرينا أ‬:‫يقولون‬
ُ ‫َن َهذه كذبةٌ م‬ ُ ََ
‫ عليه‬,‫قول إِبراهيم‬ ُ ‫وأما‬ َّ ,.‫ قبل النبوة وبعدها‬,‫أنبياؤه وعصمهم عن الكذب‬
‫ أختي" وهي ليست أخته في النَّسب فكان‬,‫السالم عن زوجته سارة "إنها‬
‫ من أَذى الجبار فهو ليس كذبًا من‬,‫ض صيانتها‬ ِ ‫ألنها أختُه في الدِّي ِن َبغَ َر‬
ِ ‫حيث الباطن والحقيقة إنما هو‬.
‫ص ْد ٌق‬
Had it been permissible that the prophet would commit a lie, then
people would have never believed what he says to them; they
would say: How would we know if this is a lie like the other one or
not? That is why Allah the Exalted had made His prophets
impeccable before and after prophethood. As for Ibrahim’s saying
about Sarah: “She is my sister.” while she is not his sister from the
same father and mother; he said that because she was his sister in
Islam and phrased this meaning as such to protect her from the
harm of the despiteful king aj-Jabbar; so this is not a lie in reality
and essence, rather his saying is truthful.

46
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

َ‫األصنام الصغيرة‬
َ ‫س َر‬
َ ‫صل من إبراهيم عليه السالم لَ َّما َك‬ َ ‫وما َح‬
‫ومهُ إِن َكا َن ُهو الذي َف َع َل‬ َ َ‫ لَ َّما سأَلَهُ ق‬,ُ‫س ِرهُ بَ ْل أ ََهانَه‬ َ ‫ َما َك‬,‫وترك الكبير‬
َ
ْ‫وه ْم إِن َكانُوا‬ ْ َ‫ ﴿ بَ ْل َف َعلَهُ َكبِ ُير ُه ْم َه َذا ف‬:‫ال‬
ُ ُ‫اسأَل‬ َ َ‫ بأصنامهم ق‬,‫هذا بآلهتهم‬
‫َح ٍد أن‬ ُ َ‫ ال ي‬,‫يس َك ِذبًا من إِبراهيم‬ ِ
َ ‫جوز أل‬ َ َ‫ َف َه َذا ل‬.63 / ‫يَنط ُقو َن﴾ سورة األنبياء‬
‫ "إِن كانوا‬:‫ب في َه ِذ ِه المسئلة إنما إِبراهيم قال لهم‬ َ ‫براهيم َك َذ‬ ِ َّ ‫يعتق َد‬
َ ‫أن إ‬
‫قيم‬
ُ ُ‫ معنى كالمه هذا حتى ي‬,‫ هذا‬,."‫ك‬ َ ِ‫الكبير َف َع َل َذل‬
,ُ ‫يَنطقو َن يَكو ُن هذا‬
‫ أجسام‬,‫ يعني أنتم تعرفو َن أ َن هؤالء ال ينطقون مع أنهم‬،‫الح َجةَ َعلَي ِهم‬ ُ
‫رو َن على َما ُهم عاجزو َن َعنهُ فكيف تعبدونهم أنتم‬ ِ
ُ ‫ أنتُم قَاد‬،‫وأنتم أجسام‬
‫طق فكيف تعبدونهم هذا كان مراد إبراهيم‬ ِ ُ‫تنطقون وهم عاجزون عن الن‬.
As to what had happened with Ibrahim, peace be upon him, when
he destroyed the small idols and did not break the biggest one,
rather he humiliated it when his people asked him if it was him
who did that to their gods (those whom they used to worship), he
said to them:
ِ ‫وهم إِن َكانُواْ ي‬
﴿ ‫نط ُقو َن‬َ ْ َ‫﴾بَ ْل َف َعلَهُ َكبِ ُير ُه ْم َه َذا ف‬
ْ ُ ُ‫اسأَل‬
Verse 63 of Surat al-Anbiya’ means that Ibrahim answered them
by saying what means: “It was the biggest one of them who did it,
so ask them if they could speak.”
Ibrahim did not commit a lie when he said that to them, it is not
permissible for someone to believe that Ibrahim lied in this matter,
because Ibrahim said to them: If they could talk, then the biggest
among them did it.” This is the meaning of his words, he said that
to produce the proof to discredit their blasphemous creed; he meant
to say to them: You know that they do not talk, they are bodies and
you are bodies, you are capable of what they are not capable of, so
how come you worship them; this is what Ibrahim meant.

47
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫أقام عليهم الحجة أنَّهُ حتى الكبير الذي تعبدون عاجز كيف‬
ِ
‫األصنام‬
َ َ ‫ "إ َّن الذي َك‬: ‫ال لما جاؤوا‬
‫س َر‬ َ َ‫ ما ق‬،‫إبراهيم ما كذب‬ ُ ‫تعبدونهم؟‬
‫ "إِن كانوا‬:‫ك إِنَ َما الذي قَالَهُ إبراهيم‬ َ ِ‫ال ذَل‬َ َ‫ َما ق‬."‫ليست لي عالقة بِ ِه‬
‫ال لَ ُهم‬ َ َ‫ فلما ق‬.‫قيم عليهم الحجة‬ ِ َ ِ‫ َفعل ذَل‬,‫نطقون يكو ُن ه َذا الكبير‬ ِ ‫ي‬
َ ُ‫ك" لي‬ ََ َ َ َ
‫ن﴾ سورة األنبياء‬ َ ‫نط ُقو‬ ِ
ِ ‫آلء ي‬ َ ‫ ﴿لََق ْد َعلِ ْم‬:‫وس ِه ْم وقالوا‬ ِ ‫ك نَ َكسوا رء‬ َ ِ‫ذَل‬
َ ‫ت َما َه ُؤ‬ ُ ُ ُُ
"ُ‫"ح ِّرقُوه‬
َ ‫عنادا منهم قالوا‬ ً ‫ عرفوا أنه أُقيمت عليهم الحجة ومع ذلك‬.65 /
‫ َفنَجاهُ اهلل‬.
He produced the proof to discredit their blasphemous creed that
even the biggest one amongst them whom you worship is
powerless, so how come you worship them? Ibrahim did not lie, he
did not say to them when they came: “I have nothing to do with the
one who broke the idols.” Rather what he said to them: If they are
able to talk then the one who broke it is this one, the biggest one
among them.” He said that to produce the proof to discredit their
blasphemous creed. When he said that, they lowered their heads
and said: “You had known that these ones do not talk.” They knew
that they were discredited and refuted with the proof; nevertheless,
out of stubbornness, they said: “Burn him.” However, Allah saved
him.
‫ كلهم موصفون بأنهم أُمناء ليس فيهم من يخون ال في‬,‫وكذلك األمانة‬
ِ
‫الناس إن طلبوا منهم النصيحة‬ ِ ‫القول وال في‬
ِ ‫الف‬
‫ فال يكذبون على‬،‫عل‬ ِ
‫ الخائن‬،‫فالخائن ال يؤتمن على الرسالة‬ ُ .‫وال يأكلون أموال الناس بالباطل‬
‫النبي‬
َّ ‫المال؛ كفار قريش كانوا يُسمو َن‬ ِ ‫ال تأتمنه على َمبلَ ٍغ صغي ٍر من‬
‫ب َوالَ يَ ُخون‬,ُ ‫ قبل النُُب َو ِة ألَنَّهُ الَ يَ ْك ِذ‬,‫صلى اهللُ عليه َو َسلَّ َم باألمين‬.
Also, they must be attributed with trustworthiness, no one among
them betrays neither in the sayings nor in the acts; they do not lie
to people when they seek advice from them; they do not consume

48
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
people’s money unjustly. The one who betrays is not trusted with
the message let alone being trusted with a small amount of money.
The blasphemers of Quraysh used to call the Prophet sallallahu
^alayhi wa sallam the Amin (the trustworthy) because he does not
lie or betray.
ِ ،‫ذكي‬
‫قاد ٌر على إقامة الحجة على‬ ٌّ ‫ ُكلٌّ منهم‬،ُ‫ فكل األنبياء أذكياء‬,‫والفطانة‬
‫ يستحيل عليهم الغباوة وهي بالدة‬.‫ بل هم أذكى خلق اهلل قاطبة‬,،‫الكفار‬
‫ لو‬,‫ تنافي منصبهم ألنهم‬,َ‫ ألن الغباوة‬،‫الذهن أي أن يكونوا ضعفاء األفهام‬
‫ ال يجعل النبوة والرسالة‬,‫كانوا أغبياء لنفر منهم الناس لغباوتهم واهلل حكيم‬
‫ والبالدة‬,،‫َّاس مصالح ءاخرتهم ودنياهم‬ ِ
َ ‫ فإنهم أرسلوا ليُبَلغوا الن‬،‫في األغبياء‬
‫تنافي هذا المطلوب منهم‬.
Moreover, the prophets must be attributed with intelligence, all of
them were intelligent. Every one of them is intelligent and able to
produce the proofs to discredit the blasphemous creeds and the
unlawful doings. The prophets are the most intelligent of all of the
creations. It is impossible that they are dull with weak minds;
being stupid would negate their status, and this would repel people
away from them. Allah ta^ala is Wise and He does not bestow
Prophethood on stupid ones. Moreover, the prophets were sent to
convey to people what is good for them in this life and in the
hereafter and dullness negates what is required from them.

‫ عليه السالم‬,‫ عن إِبراهيم‬,‫إخبارا‬ ً ‫قال اهلل تعالى‬:

﴿‫ال‬ َ َ‫ْك إِ ْذ ق‬ َ ‫يم فِي ِربِِّه أَ ْن ءاتَاهُ اهللُ ال ُْمل‬ ,َ ‫آج إِ ْب َر ِاه‬
َّ ‫أَلَ ْم َت َر إِلَى الَّ ِذي َح‬
‫يم فَِإ َّن‬ ِ
ُ ‫ال إِ ْب َراه‬َ َ‫يت ق‬ ُ ‫ُحيِي َوأ ُِم‬ ْ ‫ال أَنَا أ‬َ َ‫يت ق‬ ,ُ ‫إِ ْب َر ِاه‬
ُ ‫يم َربِّ َي الَّ ِذي يُ ْحيِي َويُ ِم‬
﴾‫ت الَّ ِذي َك َف َر‬ َ ‫ب َفبُ ِه‬ ِ ‫ْت بِ َها ِم َن ال َْم ْغ ِر‬
ِ ‫س ِمن الْم ْش ِر ِق فَأ‬
َ َ ِ ‫الش ْم‬ َّ ِ‫اهللَ يَأْتِي ب‬
158 / ‫سورة البقرة‬.

49
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

،﴾‫يت‬ ُ ‫ ﴿ َربِّ َي الَّ ِذي يُ ْحيِي َويُ ِم‬:‫السالم لَ َما خاطب النمرود قال‬ ُ ,ُ ِ‫إ‬
‫براهيم َعليَه‬
ِ ‫الن في‬
‫السج ِن‬ ِ ‫هم ِه َكا َن ِعن َدهُ رج‬ ِ َ‫عف ف‬ ِ ‫ض‬ ُ ‫اد ِه َو ِم ُن‬
ِ َ‫النمرود ِمن ِعن‬ُ ‫ذاك‬
َُ
‫ ﴿أَنَا‬:‫ال إلبراهيم‬ َ َ‫اآلخ ِر ثُم ق‬ َ ‫ َوأ ََم َر بَِق ْت ِل‬,‫َكا َن يُري ُد أ ْن يَقتُلهما فأطلَ َق واَ ِح ًدا‬
‫ر ُه َو‬,َ ‫اآلخ‬
َ ‫َن‬ َّ ‫أن هذا الذي أطلَ َقهُ ُه َو أحياَهُ َوأ‬ َّ ‫ اعتبر‬،﴾‫يت‬ ُ ‫ُحيِي َوأ ُِم‬ ْ‫أ‬
‫ إِبراهيم عليه السالم لما رأى ذلك ما‬،﴾‫يت‬ ُ ‫ َوأ ُِم‬,‫ُحيِي‬ ْ ‫ ﴿أَنَا أ‬:‫ال‬ َ َ‫ ق‬,،ُ‫َأماتَه‬
‫يقول لُه‬ ُ ‫ ما استمر‬,‫ر بَل ِم ْن ش َد ِة ذَ َك ِاء إِبراهيم‬,ِ ‫استم َر يُ َكلِ ُمهُ في َهذا األَم‬ َ
‫" حتى ال يناقشه النمرود فيطول‬...‫ وأنت‬,‫"اهللُ هو الذي أعطى الحياة لهذا‬
:ُ‫ال لَه‬َ َ‫فيه ق‬ِ ‫د‬,َ ِ‫ فورا َن َقلَهُ إِلى أَم ٍر ال يستطيع أَن يعان‬,‫الكالم إِنما إِبراهيم‬
ُ ُ َ ً
,:‫ب﴾ قال تعالى‬ ِ ‫ْت بِ َها ِم َن ال َْم ْغ ِر‬
ِ ‫س ِمن الْم ْش ِر ِق فَأ‬
َ َ ِ ‫الش ْم‬ َّ ِ‫﴿فَِإ َّن اهللَ يَأْتِي ب‬
ِ َّ َ ‫﴿ َفب ِه‬.
‫ هذا ذكاءٌ عظيم‬،‫بشئ‬ ٍ َ ُ‫ت الذي َك َف َر﴾ ما استطاع ان ي‬
‫جيب‬ ُ
Prophet Ibrahim Peace Be Upon him said as he was debating
Nimrud: “My Lord is the One Who gives life and takes it away.”
Out of his stubbornness and weak comprehension Nimrud had two
men in prison, whom he wanted to kill; he discharged one of them
and ordered that the other one be killed. He considered that he
gave life to the one he discharged, and that he is the one who
inflicted death on the one he ordered killed.
When Ibrahim peace be upon him saw that, he did not continue to
talk with him in this matter, rather, due to his extreme intelligence,
he did not continue to pursue the same analogy and say to him:
“Allah is the one who gave life to this one, and you are…..” He did
not want to continue to argue with Nimrud so that the talk would
not be lengthy. Rather, immediately he moved to another topic
which he could not argue with and be stubborn about. He said to
him: “Allah raises the sun from the East, raise it from the West.”
To that the disbeliever was dumbfounded; in fact this is of great
intelligence.

50
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ضا في غَ ِ‬
‫المي ِن ممن كانوا يخدمون‬ ‫المسلمو َن غُ َ‬ ‫أس َر ُ‬‫زوة بَد ٍر لَما َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫أَي ً‬
‫ار قريش وقالوا لهم‪:‬‬ ‫ُكفار قُريش كانوا يخدمون الجيش الذي أتى به ُك َف ُ‬
‫كم عدد الجيش‪ ،‬قاال‪ :‬ال ندري‪ ،‬المسلون ما صدقوهما فضربوهما لِيُِقرا‪.‬‬
‫النبي صلى اهللُ عليه وسلم يقولون "ال ندري" فقال‪" :‬اتركوهما"‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫فسمعهما‬
‫ش َر ِة‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫سعة‪ ,‬إِلى َ‬
‫الع َ‬ ‫ين الت َ‬ ‫ثُم قال لهما‪َ " :‬ك ْم يَذبَحو َن في اليوم"‪ ،‬فقاال‪َ :‬‬
‫"ما بَ َ‬
‫ين‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِمن ِ‬
‫األ ِ‬
‫وم بَ َ‬
‫فورا‪" :‬ال َق ُ‬
‫صلى اهللُ َعليه َو َسلَ َم للصحابة ً‬ ‫النبي َ‬
‫ُّ‬ ‫بل"‪ ,.‬فقال‬ ‫َ‬
‫ليل َعلى ِعظَ ِم‬ ‫ظيم َو َهذا َد ٌ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ذكاء َع ٍ‬ ‫ِ‪,‬‬
‫التسعمائة واأللف" ؛ َو َهذا يَ ُد ُل على‬
‫بي صلى اهلل َع ِ‬
‫ليه َو َسلَّ َم‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪.‬ذَكاء النَ ِّ‬
‫‪In the Battle of Badr, when the Muslims took as prisoners of war‬‬
‫‪two young men who were serving the army of the blasphemers of‬‬
‫‪Quraysh, they asked them: How many soldiers are there in the‬‬
‫‪army of Quraysh? They said: We do not know. Then they beat‬‬
‫‪them up to make them talk. The Prophet, sallallahu ^alayhi wa‬‬
‫‪sallam, heard them saying: We do not know. He said: “Leave‬‬
‫‪them.” He asked them: “How much (animals) do they slaughter‬‬
‫‪per day?” They said: About nine or ten camels. Immediately, the‬‬
‫‪Prophet said to the Companions: “They are about nine hundred to‬‬
‫‪one thousand.” This is an indication about the great intelligence of‬‬
‫‪the Prophet, sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam.‬‬
‫ضا‬
‫الجبن‪ ،‬ال يوجد في األنبياء جبان‪ ،‬وأي ً‬
‫وتجب لهم الشجاعة فيستحيل عليهم ُ‬
‫عو ِة منهم‪ ،‬األنبياء عليهم الصالة‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫يستحيل عليهم كل ما ُينَف ُر عن قُبول ال َد َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫والسالم يجوز في حقهم األمراض غير المنفرة فيستحيل عليهم األمراض المنفرة‪ ،‬فهذا‬
‫عاما‪ ،‬وأذهب اهلل له جميع ماله‪ ,‬وجميع أوالده‪,،‬‬
‫نبي اهلل أيوب الذي مرض ثمانية عشر ً‬
‫إال أنه ال يصح أن يقال‪ ,‬صار الدود يخرج منه ويتساقط من بدنه‪ ,‬حتى قال بعض الجهال‬
‫إن نبي اهلل أيوب صار يلتقط الدود ويعيده إلى مكانه‪ ،‬ما هذه السخافات التي يرويها‪,‬‬
‫!كثير من الناس في حق أنبياء اهلل تعالى وال يرضونها ألنفسهم‪,‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
The prophets are also attributed with bravery; none of them was a
coward as some ignorant people claim. It is impossible for them to
be inflicted with sickness which repels people away from
accepting their call; however, they could be inflicted with
sicknesses which do not repel people away from them. Prophet
Ayyub (Job) peace be upon him was inflicted with a sickness
which lasted eighteen years, in addition to that he lost all his
money and all of his children died. Yet, it is not true what some
ignorant people say that worms came out of his body and fell off
and that he would put them back on his body.
These absurd tales are narrated by some people about the prophets
of Allah ta^ala, yet they never accept to attribute the same to
themselves.
‫ميم‬
ٌ ‫كاملين بالخلق ليس فيهم من هو َذ‬ َ ‫ كلهم‬,‫ضا أنهم‬ ً ‫ب اإليما ُن أي‬ ُ ‫فَيج‬
ُ‫صحيحا كما يقولُه‬ ً ‫ ليس‬.‫عاه ٍة أو صوته مخيف‬ َ ‫ مفزع أو ذي‬,‫أو شكله‬
ُ‫هره‬
ُ َ‫كل لَم يَ ُكن ظ‬ ِ ‫ش‬َ ‫حيح ال‬
َ ‫ص‬ َ ‫ ُه َو َكا َن‬,،‫ءاد َم كا َن يُشبِهُ ال ُقرود‬ َ ‫عض أَ َن‬ ُ َ‫الب‬
ِ ُ ِ ‫ اهلل الَ ي‬،‫منح ٍن‬
ُ‫رسول اهلل صلى اهلل‬ ‫ قال‬.‫رس ُل نبيًا فيه عاهة في خلقته‬ ُ ُ َ ُ
‫ وإِ َّن نَبِيَّ ُكم‬،‫وت‬ َّ ‫الو ْج ِه َح َس َن‬
ِ ‫الص‬
َ ‫ث اهللُ نَبيًّا إِال َح َس َن‬ َ ‫ " َما َب َع‬:‫عليه وسلم‬ ِ
‫ معناهُ أنهم كلهم كانوا‬.‫ص ْوتًا" رواه األمام أحمد‬ َ ,‫َح َس ُن ُهم‬
ْ ‫َحس ُن ُهم َو ْج ًها َوأ‬
َ ‫أ‬
,ُ‫النبي صلى اهللُ عليه وسلم نفسه بأنه‬ ُّ ِ
‫والصوت ثُم َم َد َح‬ ‫الخل َق ِة‬
ِ ‫جميلي‬
‫احسنهم خل ًقا وصوتًا‬.
One has to believe that all of them are sound in the form they were
created, no one of them had an ugly or a scary image, or even had
a handicap, or had a scary voice. It is not true what some say that
Adam used to look like the apes, Adam had a sound shape, and an
upright body. Allah does not send as a prophet one who has a
handicap. The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam
said:

52
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
ِ ِ ِ َّ ‫الو ْج ِه َحس َن‬
َ ‫ث اهللُ نَبيًّا إِال َح َس َن‬
َ ‫ وإ َّن نَبيَّ ُكم أ‬،‫الصوت‬
"‫َحس ُن ُهم‬ َ َ ‫َما َب َع‬
‫ص ْوتًا‬
َ ‫َح َس ُن ُهم‬
ْ ‫" َو ْج ًها َوأ‬
It means: “Every prophet Allah sent had a nice face and a nice
voice. Your prophet has the nicest face and the nicest voice of all
of them.” (Related by Imam Ahmad).
This means that all of them were nice looking with a nice voice,
the Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam praised himself in this
hadith that he is the nicest looking and that he has the nicest voice.
‫عت َق ُد في ِهم أ ََّن ُهم‬ ِ
ِ ‫ألنبياء‬ ِ ِ
َ ُ‫اهلل َتبَ َار َك َوَت َعالى أ ْن ي‬ ‫ب‬ُ ‫وكذلك م َّما يَج‬
َ ِ‫ ِم ْن ذَل‬،‫ص َم ُهم ال يقعو َن فيها‬
‫ك‬ ِ َِ, ‫أي رذيلَ ٍة ِمن‬
َ ‫ اهللُ َع‬،‫الِرذائ ِل‬ َ َ َ ِّ ‫ين عن‬
ِ َ
َ ‫من َّزه‬
ِ ‫س أموال الن‬
‫َّاس أو‬ ِ ِ ِِ َ ‫لص َق بِ ِهم أ َن ُه‬
ُ ‫بي ُم َعلَ ٌق بالنساء أَو يَختَل‬ ٌ َ‫ناك ن‬ َ ُ‫أن ال ي‬
‫عص َم ُهم من ذلك‬ ٍ ِ
َ ‫ظرةً ُم َح َر َمة فاهللُ قد‬ َ َ‫س ن‬ ُ ‫يَختَل‬.
‫ بامرأة‬,‫هم بالزنا‬
ّ ‫القصاصين وما يورده بعض المؤلفين أن نبي اهلل يوسف‬
ّ ‫فما يورده بعض‬
ٍ ،‫ فهذا تكذيب للدين ال يرضاه اهلل تعالى‬- ‫ – عزيز مصر‬,‫العزيز‬.
‫مناف لإلسالم واإليمان‬
Moreover, one has to believe that the prophets of Allah tabaraka
wa ta^ala are clear of committing any vile act, Allah made them
impeccable of committing such a thing; so they do not commit
anything like that. Among what one should believe in is that every
one of them is clear of being attributed with being attached to
women, or that he embezzles people’s money, or that he would
look stealthily at a marriageable woman; Allah had made them
impeccable of that.
What is narrated by some story-tellers that Prophet Yusuf peace be
upon him wanted to commit fornication with the wife of the ^Aziz,
(ruler) of Egypt, is not true, besides it is a matter which belies the
Religion and is not accepted by Allah ta^ala; it is a blasphemy to
believe in that.

53
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫نبي‬
ُ ‫اليهود يفترو َن على األنبياء ومن جملة افتراءاتهم يفترو َن على‬
ِ ِ
‫عصفورا فترك الصالة‬ ً َ ُ‫ يقولو َن أنَّهُ كان ي‬،‫اهلل َد ُاو َد َعليه السالم‬
‫صلي فرأى‬
,‫يأخ َذهُ فَرأى امراءةً تمشط شعرها‬ ُ ‫اد أن‬َ ‫َولَ ِح َق بِ ِه فَ َد َخ َل في نافِ َذ ٍة َأر‬
‫ َو َهذا َموجو ٌد‬,.‫المعركة كي يموت ويتزوجها‬ِ ‫ َها فأرسل زوجها إلى‬,ََِ‫ب ِب‬ ِ
َ ‫فَأُعج‬
‫الج َهلَ ِة من‬ ِ ‫عض ُكتبِ ِهم و َك‬ ِ
,‫المسلمين تلقفوا هذه القصة‬
َ َ ‫ثير م َن‬
ٌ َ ُ ِ َ‫عن َد ُهم في ب‬
ِ ,ُ‫وصدقوها فهلكوا والعياذ‬.
‫باهلل‬
The Jews fabricate things about the prophets and among that is
what they had fabricated about the Prophet of Allah Dawud, peace
be upon him. They say that he saw a bird while he was praying, so
he interrupted his prayer and followed it. He wanted to catch it as it
entered through a window, he looked through the window and saw
a woman combing her hair; they say that he liked her and that he
sent her husband to the battlefield to die there so that he could
marry her after his death. This thing is found in some of their
books and some of the ignorant ones among Muslims adopted this
story and believed them and that led them to commit blasphemy;
we seek refuge with Allah from that.
ِ
‫الخصمان ءاتوا إِلى َد ُاود‬ ‫مذكور أن‬ ِ ‫المذكور في ال ُق‬
،‫رءان غَير هذا‬
ٌ ُ
ُ‫ص اهلل‬ َّ َ‫ وقضيتهما إلى ءاخر القصة الني ن‬,‫وسأالهُ أن يحكم في شأنهما‬
,‫ قال اهللُ تعالى‬,،‫ عليها في القرءان‬,‫تعالى‬:
ِ َ ‫ إِذ َد َخلُواْ َعلَى َداو َد َف َف ِز‬.‫المحراب‬
﴿‫نهم قَالُواْ ال‬ ُ‫عم‬ ُ َ َ ِ ْ‫صم إِذ تَ َس َّو ُروا‬ِ ‫اك َنبَؤا ال َخ‬ َ َ‫َو َهل أت‬
‫واهدنَا إلى َس َو ِاء‬
ِ ‫شطط‬ ِ َ‫ض فَاح ُكم ب َيننَا بِالح ِّق وال ت‬
َ َ َ ٍ ‫ضنَا َعلَى َب ْع‬ ِ ‫تَ َخف َخصم‬
ُ ‫ان َبغَى بَع‬ َ
ِ ‫ال أ‬
,‫َكفلنِيها َو َع َّزنِي‬ ِ ‫أخي لَه تِسع وتِسعو َن نَعجةً ولِي نَعجةٌ و‬
,َ ‫اح َدةٌ َف َق‬ ِ ‫ إِ َّن ه َذآ‬.‫اط‬
ِ ‫الصر‬ِ
َ َ َ َ َ ُ ٌ ُ َ َ
24 – 21 / ‫ِ﴾ سورة ص‬,‫اجه‬ ِ ‫ك إِلى نَِع‬ ِ َ‫سؤ ِال ن‬
َ ِ‫ك ب‬ ِ َ‫الخط‬ ِ ‫فِي‬.
َ َ ‫عجت‬ َ َ ‫ال لََقد ظَلَ َم‬
َ َ‫ ق‬.‫اب‬

In fact what is mentioned in the Qur’an is other than this, Verses

21-24 of Surat Sad mention that two adversaries came to Dawud

54
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
(David) and asked him to be the judge between them. The Ayas
stated above mean: Has the Story of the Disputants reached you?
Behold, they climbed over the wall of the private Mihrab-niche;
when they entered the presence of David, and he was alerted of
them, they said: "Fear not: we are two disputants, one of whom has
wronged the other: Judge now between us with truth, and treat us
not with injustice, but guide us to the even Path."This man is my
brother: He has nine and ninety ewes, and I have (but) one: Yet he
says, 'commit her to my care,' and is (moreover) harsh to me in
speech." (David) said: "He has undoubtedly wronged you in
demanding your (single) ewe to be added to his (flock of) ewes:
truly many are the partners who wrong each other: Not so do those
who believe and work deeds of righteousness, and how few are
they?"...and David gathered that we had tried him: he asked
forgiveness of his Lord, fell down, and bowing (in prostration),
and turned (to Allah in repentance).
‫أن المراد هنا بالنعجة المرأة وأن الخصمين من المالئكة نزال‬
َّ ‫اليهود قالوا‬
‫عليه ليذكروه بما فعل من أخذ المرأة من زوجها وإرساله إياه إلى المعركة كي يموت‬
‫ بل النعجة هنا‬،‫ والصواب ليس كما قالوا‬،‫ويتزوجها ويضمها إلى نسائه التسع والتسعين‬
‫ عن المرأة بالنعجة إال أن اآلية تعني‬,‫ وإن كانت العرب تُكني‬،‫ من األنعام‬,‫نعجة حقيقية‬
،‫ حيث ضم أحدهما نعجة أخيه إليه‬,،‫شخصين إحتكما إلى داود في مسئلة تتعلق بالغنم‬
‫ وأما قوله‬." ‫ه‬,ِ ‫اج‬
ِ ‫ك إِلى نَِع‬
َ َ ‫عجت‬
ِ َ‫سؤ ِال ن‬
َ َ ِ‫ك ب‬ َ ‫ "لََقد ظَلَ َم‬:‫بقوله‬ ِ ً‫فكان من داود أن حكم فورا‬
ُ
ِ
24/ ‫اب﴾ ص‬ َ َ‫ر َربَّهُ َو َخ َّر َراك ًعا َوأَن‬,َ ‫ ﴿ َوظَ َّن َد ُاو ُد أَنَّ َما َفَتنَّاهُ فَاستَغ َف‬,:‫تعالى‬.
‫ب في ذلك‬ ِ
َ ‫ فعُوت‬،‫داود َح َك َم من غير أن يستمع إلى الطرف اآلخر‬ ُ ‫فإنه يدل على ان‬
‫داود عليه السالم‬ ُ ‫ وهذا هو الالئق بنبي اهلل‬،‫فكان منه اإلستغفار‬.
ِ ‫فاستغفاره عليه الصالة والسالم فألجل الذنب الصغير الذي وقَع‬
‫فيه وهو أَنَّهُ َت َع َج َل‬ َ َ
ِ ِ ‫كم على ال َخ‬
ِ ‫بالح‬
‫يجب عليه لما سمع الدعوى‬ َ َ‫اآلخ ِر ق‬
ُ ‫ وكان‬،‫بل التَثَبُت في الدعوى‬ َ ‫صم‬ ُ

55
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫داود‬
ُ ‫اب‬َ َ‫ وقد ت‬،‫ قبل سؤاله‬,‫من أحد الخصمين أنعما عنده فيها وال يقضي عليه بالحكم‬
‫عليه السالم من ذلك الذنب الذي ليس فيه خسة ودناءة وغفر اهللُ تعالى هذا الذنب‬
‫ك وأِ َّن لَهُ ِعن َدنَا لَ ُزلْ َفى َو ُح ْس ُن‬
َ ِ‫ لَهُ ذَل‬,‫ ﴿ َفغََف ْرنَا‬:‫ قال اهلل تعالى‬,‫بنص القرءان الكريم‬
25 / ‫اب﴾ سورة ص‬ ٍ َ‫ َمئ‬.

The Jews say that what was meant by the ewe (female sheep) in
those verses was a real woman, and the two adversaries were two
angels who came down to earth to remind him that he took that
woman from her husband to add her to his ninety-nine wives after
he sent him to the battlefield to die.
The truth here is not what they said, but rather that the ewe was a
real female sheep. Although the Arabs might refer to the woman as
a ewe but in these verses what was meant, was a real ewe; and the
two adversaries were humans as Imam as-Subkiyy said.
The real story was as follows: Two brothers once came to our
Master Dawud peace be upon him and asked him to judge between
them about a matter related to the sheep. One of them complained
that the other brother took his only ewe to add it to his flock. When
Dawud heard that, he said to the first one: “He wronged you by
adding that ewe to his sheep.” Then he made Istighfar (he asked
Allah for forgiveness) because he made a quick judgment between
those two adversaries before listening to the other person. It was a
small sin, not an enormous sin, nor was it an abject sin. What befits
the prophets is that they would repent immediately from this kind
of sins before others imitate them.

،‫ش ٍة أو رذيلَة‬ ِ ِ‫يليق بِنب ٍي أن يتهم ب‬

َ ‫فاح‬ َ َ َُ ُ ‫ ال‬،‫يستحيل عليهم ان يتصفوا بالخيانة‬ ُ ‫فَكل األنبياء‬
‫ك يترتب على‬ ,ٍ ِ‫هل بِ ِه قَ ْد يُوقِ ُع ا ِإلنسا َن في َمهال‬ َ ‫ األهمية ألَ َن‬,ُ‫َو َمع ِرفَةُ هذا األم ِر َشديدة‬
َ ‫الج‬
‫يجوز عليهم‬ ٍ ‫ص َف‬ ِ
ِ ‫لألنبياء ِمن‬
ُ ,‫ات ماذا‬ ْ ‫ فالذي ال يعرف ماذا يجب‬،‫خطر عظيم‬ ٌ ‫الجهل به‬

56
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫عظيم ٍة وهو ال يدري أَنَّهُ َواقِ ٌع في مهلكة ألنه ما‬ ٍ

َ ‫ة‬, ‫ األم ِر قي َي َق ُع في مهلَ َك‬,‫الجاهل بهذا‬
‫اب‬ ِ ‫ مر رج‬،‫المسج ِد‬
ِ َ‫الن بِب‬ ِ ‫النبي صلى اهللُ عليه وسلم َكان معتك ًفا في‬ ُّ ‫ مرةُ كان‬.‫تعلم‬
ُ َ ََ
‫اهلل صلى اهللُ عليه َو َسلَّ َم يُ َكلِ ُم َها أسرعا بالمسي ِر حتى ال‬ ِ ‫رسول‬َ ‫المسج ِد فلما وجدا‬ ِ
:‫ فلما َر ِجعا قال لهما‬,‫عليه الصالة والسالم ناداهما فرجعا‬ ِ ‫الرسول‬ُ ِ ‫رسول‬
.‫اهلل‬ َ ِ ‫ي‬
‫قاطعا‬ ُ
ِِ ِ َ ‫اهلل يا ر‬ ِ ِ ‫" َه ِذ ِه‬
‫شئ يُنافي‬
ٌ ‫حن ما َخطََر ببالنا‬ ُ َ‫ ن‬,‫سول اهلل" يعني‬ َ َ ‫ "سبحان‬:ُ‫ فقاال لَه‬،"‫صفيَة‬ َ
‫ "إِ َّن ال َشيطَا َن يَجري من اب ِن َء َاد َم َمجرى ال َدِم‬:‫عليه وسلم‬ ِ ‫ال صلى اهلل‬
ُ َ ,َ ‫ظيم قَ ْد ِر َك َف َق‬
َ ‫َع‬
ُ ‫ َخ‬,:‫ يُعني‬."‫ف في ُقلُوبِ ُك َما َشيئًا َفَت ْهلَكا‬ ِ ‫قذ‬
ِ ‫شيت أَ ْن ي‬ ِ ُ‫في الع‬
‫شيت أن‬ َ ُ ‫روق َوإِنِّي َخ‬
‫الحديث‬
ُ ‫ب النُ َّبو ِة َفتَهلَكا؛ هذا‬ ٍ
َ ‫بي َما يُنافي َمنص‬ٌّ َ‫لي وأَنا ن‬ ِ َ‫يوس ِوس لَ ُكما بِأم ٍر َفت‬
َّ ِ‫نسبَا إ‬ َ َُ
‫طور ِة أَمر من ينسب إِلى األنبياء صفةً ال‬ َ ‫ظيم ُخ‬ِ ‫غيرهُ َو ُه َو يَ ُد ُل على َع‬ ُ ‫خاري َو‬ ُ ُ‫رواهُ الب‬
‫ب النُُب َّو ِة‬ ِ ‫ليق بِم‬
ِ ‫نص‬ َ ُ ً‫ت‬.
ِ ِ َ‫فمن نسب إِلى نَبي ف‬
‫ وال يص ُد ُر‬.‫ب األنبياء‬ ُ ‫شة أو رذيلة فهو كافر ولو ادعى أَنَّهُ يُح‬ َ ‫اح‬ ٍّ
‫الشخص يمينًا‬
ُ ‫ب‬
َّ ‫س‬
ُ َ‫مثل أن ي‬
ُ ‫ معناها ما هو ضد الحكمة‬,‫ السفاهة‬،ٌ‫سفاهة‬
َ ‫من األنبياء‬
‫وشماالً هذا يقال عنه سفيه‬.
It is impossible for the prophets to be attributed with betraying, a
prophet does not commit any vileness, such as using obscenities.
Knowing this matter is very important, because being ignorant of it
would make the person fall in perditions; the consequences of
being ignorant of such a thing is of a grave danger. So the one who
does not know what attributes the prophets must be attributed with
would unknowingly fall in a grave perdition.
Once, the Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam was making i^tikaf
(staying in the mosque for an extended period) in the mosque when
his wife Safiyyah came to the mosque. Two men passed by the
mosque, when they saw the Prophet talking to her they hurried in
their walk so that they will not interrupt and disturb the Prophet
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam. The Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa
sallam called them and said: “This is Safiyyah.” They said:

57
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
“Subhanallah, we never had a though of anything which negates
your great status O Messenger of Allah.” The Messenger of Allah
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said to them what means:
“The (whispers) of the devil run within the son of Adam as the
blood runs in the veins, and I was worried that he would throw
something in your hearts which would bring you loss.”
It means: “I was worried that the devil would whisper something to
you and that you will attribute something to me which negates the
status of prophethood – and I am a prophet – and this would result
in your falling in perdition.”
This hadith was related by al-Bukhariyy and other than him, and it
is an indication about the grave danger of the matter of the one
who attributes a characteristic which does not befit the status of
prophethood.
So the one who attributes an act of obscenity or vileness to a
prophet is a blasphemer even though he claims that he loves the
prophets. Moreover, the prophets do not act in a stupid manner;
stupidity means the opposite of wisdom; like for example when the
person cusses a lot; they call such a person as a fool and stupid.

‫ بكالم قبيح نسبوه لرسول اهلل عند سماعهم أنه‬,‫ يلوثو َن ألسنتهم‬,‫بعض المفترين‬
‫بي العظيم الذي دخل يومًا إلى حجرة عائشة فدخل في الفراش‬ ّ ّ‫ ذاك الن‬,.‫َعَّددَ الزوجات‬
‫ "ذريني أتعبد‬:‫س جسده جسد عائشة رضي اهلل عنها فقال لها صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‬ َّ ‫فَ َم‬
‫ربي" ثم قام وتوضأ وصلى فقام فبكى فابتلت لحيته فركع فبكى فسجد فبكى فابتل‬
‫ لِم هذا يا رسول اهلل وقد‬:‫التراب الذي بمحاذاته صلى اهلل عليه وسلم فقالت عائشة‬
."‫شكورا‬
ً ‫ "أفال أحب أن أكون عب ًدا‬:‫غفر اهلل لك ما تقدم من ذنبك وما تأخر؟ فقال‬
‫ "ما كانت تمر‬:‫وقد روى مسلم في صحيحه عن عائشة رضي اهلل عنه عنها قالت‬
– ,‫ليلتي على رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم إال خرج إلى البقيع – جبانة المدينة‬
‫ السن والجمال‬,‫ مع ما اجتمع في عائشة من حداثة‬,"‫يدعو ألهل الجبانة‬.

58
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Some fabricators stain their tongues with ugly words which they
attribute to the Messenger of Allah, when they hear that he had
several wives.

They say such fabrications about that Great Prophet, who once
entered the chamber of ^A’ishah and went to bed and as his body
touched the body of ^A’ishah he said to her: Let me perform
worship to my Lord. He got up, made ablution (wudu’) and
performed Prayer (Salah). When he he made qiyam (stood in
prayers) he cried until his beard was soaked with tears and when he
made bowing (ruku^) he cried too. He also cried when he
prostrated (performed sujud) until the soil next to him was soaked
with tears.

^A’ishah said: Why are you doing that O Messenger of Allah, for
Allah has forgiven any sins which you could have committed and
the ones which you might commit? He said: “Then I want to be a
thankful slave.”

Imam Muslim related in his sahih from the route of ^A’ishah, may
Allah raise her rank, that she said: “Whenever I used to spend my
night with the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam, he
would go out to al-Baqi^ (the cemetery of Madinah) and make
supplication to those who are buried there.” He used to do that
although ^A’ishah possessed both: Young age and beauty.

,!‫النبي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم ولوع القلب بالنساء‬

َّ ‫فبعد هذا هل لقائل أن يقول أن‬
‫ فرسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم تزوج بعد أن صار عمره خمسة وعشرين‬,،‫حاشاه‬
‫عاما حيث تزوج من السيدة خديجة بنت خويلد التي كانت أكبر منه بخمس عشرة‬
ً
‫ حتى ماتت بعد خمسة وعشرين سنة‬,‫سنة وبقي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم على زوجة واحدة‬
‫ولوعا بالنساء الختار‬
ً ‫ فلو كان‬.‫يعني كان قد وصل عليه السالم إلى سن الخمسين‬

59
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫الفتيات األبكار وهو في سن الخمسة والعشرين ولكنه لم يَُعدِّْد إال بعد الخمسين ولم‬
‫بكرا قط غير عائشة رضي اهلل عنها‬
ً ‫يتزوج‬.
So after knowing this would someone dare to say that the Prophet
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam was attached to women! Of course he
is clear of being like that.

The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam got married

after he became twenty-five years old, that was when he married
Lady Khadijah the daughter of Khuwaiyylid, who was fifteen years
older than him; he remained married to one woman until she died
twenty five years later which means that he was fifty years old at
that time.

So had he been fond of woman, he would have chosen the virgin

girls when he was twenty five years old, however, he did not marry
several women until after he was fifty years old; the only virgin
which he married was ^A’ishah may Allah raise her rank.

‫ حين‬,،‫ ولم يطعن فيه أحد‬,‫ورسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم لم يظهر منه رذيلة واحدة‬
‫أعلن دعوته لم يطعن فيه أحد بأمور النساء مع العلم أنه أجمل الناس ودعا أهل بلده‬
‫ وكان معروفًا بين أهل مكة بالصادق‬,،‫إلى عبادة اهلل وترك ما كانوا يعبدون من األوثان‬
,‫ القبائل‬,‫ وقد ع ّدد الزوجات صلى اهلل عليه وسلم لحكم منها أنه جمع شتات‬،‫األمين‬
‫ فإن أحكام الشرع الخاصة‬،‫بالمصاهرة وأن تنتشر دعوته بطريق النساء إلى النساء‬
ٍ ‫بالنساء يسهل انتشارها بينهن‬
‫ إليهن كالحيض‬,‫لبعض أكثر مما لو كان بطريق الرجال‬
‫ والجماع‬,‫والنفاس‬.

The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam had never

committed a single vile action; nobody had ever accused him of
being attached to woman when he called people openly to Islam;
although he is the most beautiful human. He called people to
worship Allah and to leave out worshipping the idols, and he was

60
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
known among the people of Makkah as the truthful and the
trustworthy.

He married several women for several wisdoms, among which; is

that he united the dispersed tribes through affinity by marriage; he
also made his Call spread to other women through the women he
married. This is because it is easier to spread the special matters in
the Religion about women through women like the matters of:
menses (hayd), postpartum bleeding (nifas), and sexual
intercourse.

,‫النبي العظيم صلى اهلل عليه وسلم وإلى الدولة التي أقامها‬
ّ ‫ثم إن نظرنا إلى دعوة‬
‫عظيما فبعد هذا من الذي يقول إن هذا عمل رجل‬ ً ,‫امتدادا‬
ً ,‫وأسسها حتى امتدت‬
‫ وشهواتها وأن الذي شغله المرأة؟ من يقول أن هذا عمل رجل منشغل‬,‫مشغول بالدنيا‬
:‫بالنساء وبملذات الدنيا؟ فقد ورد عن أحد أصحابه صلى اهلل عليه وسلم أنه قال‬
‫ فجعلت أمسحه‬،‫النبي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم على حصير فأثّر الحصير بجلده‬ ّ ‫"اضطجع‬
‫ أال أذنتنا فنبسط لك شيئًا يقيك منه تنام‬،‫ أنت وأمي يا رسول اهلل‬,‫ بأبي‬:‫عنه وأقول‬
‫ كراكب استظل تحت‬,‫ إنما أنا والدنيا‬,،‫ ما أنا والدنيا‬,،‫ "ما لي وللدنيا‬:‫ فقال‬،‫عليه‬
‫"شجرة ثم راح وتركها‬.

When we look at the Call of this Great Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi

wa sallam and at the state which he built and made it extend
widely and greatly, then who would say that this is the work of a
man who was pre-occupied with worldly pleasures and desires,
particularly women? Who would say that this is the work of
someone who is pre-occupied with women and worldly
enjoyments?

It was reported that one of his Companions said: The Prophet

sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam was once lying on a mat which left its
marks on his skin, so I wiped that for him and said: I sacrifice my
father and mother for your sake O Messenger of Allah, would you

61
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
permit us to get you something which will protect you from that;
he said: "Let the worldly matters away from me, and let me away
from them, I am just like a rider who stayed in the shade under a
tree and left it behind when he departed."
‫ ال إلشباع الشهوة بل لحكم تعود إلى مصالح دعوته فخصه اهلل تعالى‬,‫ع ّدد الزوجات‬
‫شخصا‬
ً ‫ضا أن‬
ً ‫ ومما يدل على ذلك أي‬.‫دون أمته بأن أباح له أن يجمع بين أكثر من أربع‬
‫ فقال له‬،‫عرض عليه ابنته ليتزوج منها ووصفها بالجمال وقال إنها لم تمرض قط‬
‫ فلو كان متعلق القلب بالنساء لم‬.‫ لي فيها‬,‫ ال حاجة‬:‫الرسول عليه الصالة والسالم‬
‫يفوت عليه هذه الفرصة‬.
He did not marry several women to fulfill his sexual desires, but
rather for wisdoms pertaining to his Call. Allah has specified only
him among his nation by making it permissible for him to marry
more than four wives at the same time.

What supports that also is that once a man offered the Prophet to
marry his daughter and he described her to him that she was
beautiful and that she never got sick, the Messenger of Allah
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said to him: I have no need for her.

Had he been attached to women, he would have not let himself

miss this opportunity.

‫النبي الذي وصفوه بما هو نعتهم وشغلهم الشاغل من‬

ّ ‫ثم هؤالء المفترون نسوا أن‬
،‫االرتماء بأحضان النساء وعلى اإلكثار من الخمور واألكل الدسم الذي يقوي الشهوة‬
‫ من خبز الشعير‬,‫النبي العظيم صلى اهلل عليه وسلم ال يشبع في بعض أيامه‬
ّ ‫ هذا‬,‫كان أحيانًا‬
,‫ قط إلرضاء نسائه‬,‫ ونسوا أيضا أنه لم يجاوز حياة القناعة‬،‫ من التمر والماء فقط‬,‫وأحيانًا‬
‫ إلى ما كان في يديه ويوزعه على عباد اهلل‬,‫ولو شاء لما كلفه غير القليل بالقياس‬.

Those fabricators have attributed to the Prophet their own

attributes and what they are pre-occupied with like being in the

62
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
laps of women, drinking lots of alcohol and eating fatty food to
strengthen their desires. They forgot that this Great Prophet
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam for days did not use to have enough
barley bread to get satiated, and that on other days he did not have
enough dates and water.

They also forgot that he never crossed beyond the limit of being
content with what is little for the sake of satisfying his wives; had
he willed to do so it would have cost him a little in light of what
his hands had access to and what he used to distribute among the
slaves of Allah.
ِ
‫األنبياء‬ ‫يجوز على‬
ُ ‫ كذلك ال‬,.‫ قبل النبوة وبع َد َها‬,‫يستحيل على األنبياء الكبائر‬
ُ ‫كذلك‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ َّ ‫الخ‬
ِ ‫صغائر‬
َ ‫ فهذه معصية صغيرة لكن تَ ُد ُل على خ‬،‫ أو َحبَة عنَب‬،‫مثل َس ِرقَة لُْق َمة‬
‫سة‬ ُ ،‫سة‬ ُ
‫ َفعُلِ َم من‬,.‫النبوة وبع َدها‬
ِ ‫ فاألنبياء معصومون من ذلك قبل‬،‫أي دناءة في نفس فاعلها‬
َ ُ
‫ إنما كانت معصيةً صغيرةً ليس فيها‬،‫ذلك أن معصية ءادم ما كانت كبيرة من الكبائر‬
‫ءادم عليه السالم كان أكل‬
َ ‫حيث إ َن سيدنا‬
ُ .‫وغيره‬
ُ ‫األشعري‬
ُّ ‫ كما قال‬،ٌ‫خسةٌ وال دناءة‬
‫من شجرة من أشجار الجنة واهلل تعالى كان قد نهاهُ عنها‬.
.122-121 ‫ طه‬/ )‫اب َعلَ ِيه َو َه َدى‬
َ َ‫ص َى َء َاد ُم َربَّهُ َفغَ َوى ثُ َّم اجتَبَاهُ َربُّهُ َفت‬
َ ‫قال اهلل تعالى ( َو َع‬
Likewise, prophets are protected from committing enormous sins,
both before and after Prophethood.
Prophets are also protected from committing small, mean sins, like
stealing a morsel of bread or stealing a single grape. These are
small sins, but they reflect certain meanness. Prophets do not
commit such sins, both, before and after Prophethood. From this,
we know that the sin of prophet Adam peace be upon him was not
an enormous sin. Rather, it was a small sin which did not include
meanness, as was stated by Imam al-Ash^ariyy and others. Adam,
peace be upon him, ate from one of the trees in Paradise which
Allah ordered him to not eat from as stated in Surah Taha, Ayas

63
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
121-122 stated above which mean: thus did Adam disobey his
Lord, and allow himself to be seduced. But his Lord chose him (for
His Grace): He granted him forgiveness, and gave him Guidance.
‫وءاخر أما‬
َ ‫سول‬ ٍ ‫واألنبياء والرسل كلهم دينهم اإلسالم إِنَ َّما شرائعهم تختلف بين ر‬
َ
,ِ
‫ كانت ال‬,‫شريعة بني إسرائيل‬ ‫ك أَنَّهُ في‬ ُ َ‫ ِمث‬،‫عقيدتهم عقيدة التوحيد فهي واحدة‬
َ ِ‫ال َذل‬
‫مكان مخصص للصالة يسمي "بيعة" كان الرجل يترك‬ ٍ ‫تصح الصالة عندهم إال في‬
‫ في‬،‫يستطيع أن يُصلي في الوادي‬
ُ ‫الشخص‬
ُ ‫شرع ُم َح َّمد‬
ِ ‫ في‬.‫عمله ليصلي هناك‬
‫ في المنزل‬،‫ في المدرسة‬،‫ في المسجد‬،‫ في السوق‬،‫المتجر‬.
The religion of all of the prophets and messengers is Islam;
however, their laws (shara’i^) used to differ from one prophet to
another; their creed is one; which is the Creed of Tawhid. An
example about this matter is that according to the Law (Shari^ah)
of the Children of Israel (Isra’il) the prayer was not valid unless if
it is prayed in a place specified for prayer, which used to be called
“bay^ah”, the man used to leave his workplace to pray there.
However, in the Law (Shari^ah) of Muhammad the person can
pray in the valley, in the market, in the mosque, in the school, or in
the house.

ٌ ،‫النفس بغير َح ٍق‬

‫حرام في‬ ِ ‫وهناك أشياء اتفقت الشرائع كلها على تحريمها كقتل‬
‫شرع ءادم‬ ٌ ‫ سواء لنفسه أو لغيره بغير َح ٍق؛ هذا‬،‫ُك ِل الشرائِ ِع إزهاق الروح‬
ِ ‫حرام في‬
‫ األنبياء‬,‫محمد وعيسى وموسى وإبراهيم وسائر‬
َّ ‫شرع‬
ِ ‫وفي‬.
There are matters all of the laws of the prophets agree they are
prohibited like the unjust killing; it is unlawful in all of the laws to
unrightfully slay the soul, whether his own or someone else's. It is
unlawful in the Law (Shar^) of Adam, Ibrahim, Musa, ^Isa and all
other prophets.
‫ حفظ‬:‫ الخمس التي اتفقت عليها الشرائع وهي‬,‫ضا من الكليات‬
ً ‫حفظ العرض أي‬
,‫ حفظ العرض نصت عليه الشرائع كلها فالزنا‬.‫والعرض والعقل والنسب‬ ِ ‫النفس والمال‬

64
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ادم وغيره من‬

َ ‫شرع َء‬
ِ ‫حرام في‬
ٌ ،‫حرام في كل الشرائع‬
ٌ ,‫ الزنا‬،‫حرام في كل الشرائع‬
ٌ
.‫ الجماع بدون عقد زواج حرام في كل الشرائع‬،‫ الزنا حرام في كل الشرائع‬،‫األنبياء‬
‫لبشاعة هذا األمر في شرع محمد لو كان هناك حاكم من وقع في ذنب الزنا وكان‬
ِ
‫الموت حتى ُيبَين‬ ‫م حتى‬,ُ ‫رج‬ ‫ إِن كان‬،‫ب سنة‬
َ ُ‫متزوجا ي‬
ً ,ُ ‫أعزب عليه مائة جلدة َو ُيغَ َّر‬
ِ
َ ‫الزنَى~ إِنَّهُ َكا َن فَاح َشةً َو َس‬
‫آء‬ ِّ ْ‫ ﴿ َوالَ َت ْق َربُوا‬:‫ قال‬,‫ اهلل تعالى‬.‫نب َكبير‬ ٌ َ‫للنَّاس ِ أَنَّهُ ذ‬
32 / ‫سبِيالً﴾ سورة اإلسراء‬ َ.
‫والعرض والنسب وهو‬ِ ِ
‫للشرف‬ ‫ك‬ُ ‫الفواحش فاحشة الزنى ألَنَّهُ فِ ِيه َه ْت‬
ِ ‫ذَ َك َر اهللُ من بي ِن‬
‫كبير‬
ٌ ‫ذنب‬ ٌ .
Preserving one's elements of honor also is among the five matters--
“kulliyat”-- which all the laws (shara'i^) have agreed on, they are:
Preserving the self, the money, the honor, the mind, and the
.Lineage

Preserving one’s honor is agreed on in all of the laws; fornication

is prohibited in all of the laws, in the law of Adam and other
prophets. Having sexual intercourse without a marriage contract is
unlawful in all of the laws. Due to the ugliness of this matter, in the
Law of Muhammad, if there is a ruler he will impose a penalty on
the one who commits it, which is as follows: The punishment for
the adulterer is pelting with average-sized stones until death, and
for the fornicator is one-hundred lashes and one lunar year in exile.
Allah said in the Qur’an:
﴿ ً‫آء َسبِيال‬ ِ
َ ‫الزنَى~ إِنَّهُ َكا َن فَاح َشةً َو َس‬
ِّ ْ‫﴾ َوالَ َت ْق َربُوا‬

Allah mentioned adultery and fornication as among the obscene

things since it violates one’s honor, lineage and it is an enormous
sin.

65
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
ِ ‫ش‬
‫رب‬ ,ِ ‫الع‬
ُ ‫قل َك‬ َ ‫ضييع‬ ِ ‫الع‬
ُ َ‫ َح َر ٌام ت‬،‫قل‬ َ ‫ظ‬ ,ِ
ُ ‫األشياء التي اتفقت عليها الشرائع حف‬ ‫ومن‬
ِ ِ َّ ‫ ما يفتريه النصارى أ‬،‫ال َخم ِر‬
‫ بعد رفع عيسى‬،‫ب‬ ٌ ‫بشرب ال َخم ِر هو َكذ‬ ‫َن عيسى أ ََم َر‬
،‫شخص اسمه بولس‬
ٌ ‫رج ٌل اسمه قسطنطين فحرف الدين ثم أتى بعده‬ ُ ‫بثالثمائة سنة أتى‬
‫ أنا فعلت ما‬:‫ كيف تفعل هذا؟ قال‬:‫ قيل له‬،‫هذا شرب الخمر حتى ثَ ِم َل فزنى بأُختِ ِه‬
‫فعله بنو ءادم‬.
‫ "قليل من الخمر يفرح قلب اإلنسان‬:‫ عيسى قال‬:‫"افترى على عيسى قال‬.
‫ تبيح أن يحرق اإلنسان المال‬,‫ ال توجد شريعة‬،‫ضا اتفقت الشرائع على حفظ المال‬
ً ‫أي‬
‫أو يلقيه هنا أو هنا‬.
Among the unanimously agreed upon things is preserving one’s
mind, it is unlawful for one to lose his mind like by drinking
alcohol. What the Christians fabricate about ^Isa that he ordered
people to drink alcohol is a lie. Three hundred years after ^Isa was
raised to the sky, a man called Constantine came and perverted the
religion; after him another man called Bulus came who drank wine
until he got intoxicated then committed fornication with his sister.
It was said to him: Why did you do that? He said: I did what the
Children of Adam did. He fabricated things about ^Isa, he said:
^Isa said: “A little of wine would delight the heart.”
Also, the laws agreed on preserving one’s money, there is no law
which makes it legal for one to burn his money or to throw it away
here and there.

ِ ِ
ُ ‫ ويَج‬,‫ وهو يوم القيامة‬:" ‫والي ْوم اآلخ ِر‬
ِ
‫ب‬ َ " :‫قال عليه الصالةُ والسالم‬
‫ متى يكون يوم القيامة؟ اهللُ ما‬،‫َعدهُ يجمع به الناس‬ َ ‫ اهللُ أ‬،‫اإليما ُن بِ ِه‬
‫المسئول عنها بأعلَ َم‬
ُ ‫ ما‬:‫ متى الساعة؟ فقال‬:‫النبي‬
ِّ ‫َل‬
,َ ‫ جبريل َسأ‬,،‫أطْلَ َع أحد‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ
:‫ قال‬.‫الساعة‬ ‫بميقات‬ ‫المعرفة‬ ُ ‫ر وهو‬,ِ ‫ معناه نحن مشتركان في هذا األم‬،‫السائ ِل‬
‫عدم‬ َ ‫م َن‬

66
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ – وأن‬,‫ «أن تَلِ َد األمةُ َر َّبَت َها – أي َسيّ َدتَها‬:‫فقال‬ َ ),‫فأخبرني عن إماراتها (أي َعالَ َماتِها‬
‫ وهذه من‬.‫البنيان» وهذا حصل‬ ِ ‫عاء ال َش ِاء يَتطاولو َن في‬
َ ‫ ِر‬,َ‫ العالَة‬,َ‫َت َرى الحفاةَ العُراة‬
‫ فالذي ورد في‬،‫صغرى وعالمات كبرى‬ ُ ‫ الصغرى فإن الساعة لها عالمات‬,‫العالمات‬
‫ الصغرى وقد قال بعض العلماء أنها حصلت‬,‫الحديث المذكور هو من العالمات‬.
ُ‫الزل وكثرة‬ ِ ‫الز‬ َّ ُ‫ و َك َثرة‬,‫راسيها‬ ,ٍ َ‫وال ِجب‬ ِ ‫ومنَ الع‬ ِ
َ ‫ال عن َم‬ ُ ‫ َز‬:‫ضا‬ ً ‫ أي‬,‫الصغرى‬ُ ‫المات‬ َ َ
‫ص َل‬ ِ ُّ ‫وخطباء‬ َّ ُ‫ وكثرة‬,‫اس َسابًِقا‬ ِ
َ ‫السوء وقد َح‬ ُ ُ ‫جالين‬ َ ‫الد‬ ُ ّ‫األمراض التي ما كا َن يعرفها الن‬
ِ
‫الصيف‬ ِ
‫الهواء في‬ ,ِ
‫أحوال‬ ‫غي ُر‬
ُّ َ‫ وت‬,‫ضا‬ّ ‫ص َل هذا أي‬ ٍ ُ‫ومنها ا ّدعاءُ أ‬
َ ‫ناس النّبو َة وقد َح‬ َ .‫ذلك‬ َ
ِ ُ‫ وكذلك قِلَّة‬,‫يف‬
ُ‫العلم و َك َثرة‬ ِ ‫الص‬ ِ ِ
َ ‫صير كأنهُ في‬ ُ َ‫صير كأنهُ في الشتاء وفي الشتاء ي‬ ُ َ‫ي‬
ِ ‫الز‬
,,‫مان‬ َّ ‫ب‬ ُ ‫ار‬ ِ ُّ‫تل والظ‬
ُ ‫ وَت َق‬,‫لم‬ ِ ‫ و َكثرةُ ال َق‬,‫ص َل‬
َ ‫ن وهذا قد َح‬,ِ ‫لم الدي‬ ِ ‫هل ِبع‬ِ ‫الج‬
َ ‫هل أي‬ ِ ‫الج‬
َ
‫صعة الطَّ َع ِام يُحيطو َن‬ ِ َ‫م َعلى أُم ِة محم ٍد كتداعي ِهم على ق‬,ِ ‫ وتداعي األُم‬,‫األسواق‬ ِ ‫وتقارب‬
ّ ّ َ َ ُ
‫ضا‬
ّ ‫ص َل أي‬َ ‫ وهذا ُكلُّه َح‬,‫صوب‬ ٍ ‫بِهم ِم ْن ُك ّل‬.ِ

The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said: “The

Last Day”. It is the Day of Judgment, it is obligatory to believe in
it. Allah ta^ala prepared it to assemble people on that day. When is
the Day of Judgment? Only Allah knows when it will be. Allah
ta^ala did not reveal that to any one. When Jibril asked the
Prophet: When would the day of Judgment be? The Prophet
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said: “The One who is being asked
about it does not know more than the one who has asked about it.
It means that we are both common in not knowing about when the
Day of Judgment will be. Jibril asked the Prophet about its signs
and the Prophet said when the slave woman gives birth to her
female owner and when the bare foot shepherds construct high rise
buildings. These signs have already occurred. These are among the
minor signs for the occurrence of the Day of Judgment has minor
and major signs. What was mentioned in the hadith is about the
minor signs, some of the scholars said that it had already
happened.

67
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Some other minor signs are: the mountains will be demolished
from their bases, the occurrence of many earthquakes, the
occurrence of many illnesses previously unknown, people will
falsely claim Prophethood, the occurrence of many deceivers and
misleaders – among them will be the preachers of corruption,
detectable changes to the weather conditions and a widespread of
events of killings and injustice will take place, a speedy elapse of
time whereby a year would seem like a month and a month would
seem like a week and so on will be experienced, the various market
places will be close to one another in distance. In addition, other
nations will take advantage of the fortunes of the Muslim nation, as
one would take advantage of a delicious banquet of food, whilst
they surround them from all directions. All of these indications are
known to have already occurred.

‫حيح الذي رواه ابن‬ ِ ‫الص‬ ّ ‫ديث‬ ِ ‫ثابت في الح‬ ٌ ‫وه َو‬ ُ ,‫الم‬
َ ُ ‫الس‬ّ ‫هدي عليه‬ ُ ‫الم‬ َ ‫هور‬
ُ ُ‫ومنها ظ‬
‫الحاكِ ُم في‬ ِِ ‫اود في ُسنِ ِنه‬ ُ ‫حيح ِه والَلف‬
ِ ‫حبا َن في ص‬
َ ‫والترمذي في َجامعه ِو‬ ُّ َ ‫ وأبو َد‬,ُ‫ظ لَه‬ َ ّ
‫رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه‬ ِ ‫مسعود رضي اهلل عنه عن‬ ٍ ِ ‫بد‬
‫اهلل بِ ِن‬ ِ ‫المستدر ِك ِمن ح‬
ِ ‫ديث َع‬
َ َ َ ُ
ُ‫اسمه‬
ُ ُ‫أهل بيتي يواطىء‬ ِ ‫رجل من‬ ٌ ‫اس‬ َ َ‫ك الن‬ َ ِ‫اعةُ حتى يَمل‬ َ ‫الس‬
ّ ‫تقوم‬ ُ ‫ «ال‬:‫وسلم أنه قال‬
ِ ‫فالمهدي َع‬
‫ليه‬ ُّ »ً‫ قِسطًا وعدال‬-‫اسم أبي فيملؤها – أي األرض‬ ِ
َ ‫واسم أبيه‬ ُ ‫اسمي‬
,‫ولد فاطمةَ رضي اهلل عنها‬ ِ ‫سيني من‬ ٌّ ‫ني أو ُح‬ ٌّ ‫س‬ َ ‫بن عبد اهلل وهو َح‬ ُ ‫محم ُد‬ّ ُ‫اسمه‬ ُ ‫السالم‬
ُ
ُ‫اس هذا َخليفة‬ ُ ّ‫ «يّا أيها الن‬:‫ك ينادي‬ ٌ َ‫سير َم َعهُ في ّأو ِل أم ِر ِه َمل‬ ُ َ‫ر أنه ي‬,ِ ‫وقد َو َر َد في األث‬
‫يخرج من‬ ‫ج‬ ً ‫ر أي‬,ِ ‫ َو َو َر َد في األث‬,»‫المهدي فاتّبعوه‬ ِ
ُ ُ ‫خر‬
ُ َ‫المهدي ّأو ُل ما ي‬
َّ ‫ضا أن‬ ُّ ‫اهلل‬
ِ
‫األولياء ُه ُم‬ ٍ
‫ثالثمائة من‬ َ‫يمدونَهُ وينتظرهُ في مكة‬ ُّ ‫ألف من المالئِ َك ِة‬ ٌ ‫ويخرج معه‬ ِ ‫الم‬
‫دينة‬
ُ َ
,‫بين مكةَ والمدينة‬ ِ ‫لغزوه في‬ِ
َ ‫ف اهلل به األرض فيما‬ ُ ‫خس‬ َ ‫جيش‬
ٌ ‫يخرج‬ ُ ‫ ثم‬,,ُ‫ّأو ُل من يبايعه‬
‫ذلك‬
َ ‫ؤمن في‬ ُ ‫ وال ُـم‬,ٌ‫مجاعة‬
َ ‫حص ُل‬
ُ َ‫المهدي ت‬ّ ‫ وفي أيّام‬.‫ش ِام‬ َ ‫بع َد ذلك يأتي إلى بَرِّ ال‬
‫ل‬,َ ‫ؤمن ال َك ِام‬
َ ‫الم‬
ِِ
ُ ‫ يعني‬,‫قديس أي بذك ِر اهلل وتعظيمه‬
ِِ ِ ّ‫سبيح والت‬ ِ ّ‫يشبع بالت‬ ِ
ُ ‫الوقت‬.

68
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Among the last of the minor signs yet to happen is the appearance
of our Master al-Mahdiyy. This was mentioned by the Prophet in a
hadith:

ِ ‫أهل بيتي يواطىء اسمهُ اسمي واسم‬

«‫أبيه‬ ُ ُ ُ ِ ‫رجل من‬
ٌ ‫اس‬ َ ِ‫اعةُ حتى يَمل‬
َ َ‫ك الن‬ َ ‫الس‬
ّ ‫تقوم‬
ُ ‫ال‬
ً‫ قِسطًا وعدال‬-‫اسم أبي فيملؤها – أي األرض‬ َ »
It means: “The Day of Judgment will occur only after a man from
my descendants comes forth. His name is like mine and his
father’s name is like my father’s name. He will fill the earth with
peace and justice as it had been congested with corruption and
injustice.”
This hadith has been related by Ibn-Hibban in his book as-Sahih
and by Abu Dawud in his book as-Sunnan and by at-Tirmidhiyy in
his book al-Jami^ and al-Hakim in his book called al-Mustadrak,
as it was in turn, related from the companion ^Abdullah Ibn
Mas^ud, may Allah raise his rank, as he heard it from the Prophet,
peace be upon him.

Known as al-Mahdiyy, his full name is Muhammad Ibn ^Abdillah.

He will be from the descendants of either al-Hasan or al-Husayn,
the sons of Fatimah, the daughter of the Prophet.
Initially, in his mission, al-Mahdiyy will be accompanied by an
angel. This angel will call unto the people “Oh people he is the
Caliph (Khalifah) of Allah al-Mahdiyy so follow his path.”

It was mentioned from the route of the Companions that when

al-Mahdiyy appears, he will come out from Madinah accompanied
with one-thousand angels; three hundred from the awliya’ (upright
Muslims) will wait for him in Makkah; they will be the first ones
to pledge allegiance to him. Then an army will set forth to fight
him, Allah will then make the earth cave in underneath them. After
that al-Mahdiyy will come to the land of ash-Sham.

69
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
A famine will take place during the days of al-Mahdiyy; the
complete believer will be satiated by mentioning the name of Allah
and Glorifying Him.
‫يأجوج‬
ُ ‫وخروج‬
ُ ِ ‫الم ِس‬
,‫يح‬ َ ‫ول‬
ِ ,َّ‫الدج‬
ُ ‫ و ُن ُز‬,‫ال‬ َّ ‫روج‬
ُ ‫ ُخ‬:‫شرةٌ وهي‬ َ ‫ َع‬,‫اع ِة ال ُكبرى‬
َ ‫الس‬
ّ ‫ط‬ ُ ‫وأشرا‬
ِ ُ‫ ون‬,‫األرض‬
ُّ ‫زول‬
ُ‫ وثَالثة‬,,‫الد َخا ُن‬ ِ ‫وخروج دابَِّة‬
ُ ,‫الشمس من مغ ِربها‬َّ ُ‫ وطُلوع‬,‫وج‬ َ ‫ومأج‬
َ
‫نار من قَع ِر عدن باليم ِن‬ ٍ ‫ َخ‬.
ٌ ‫روج‬ِ ‫سوف و ُخ‬
The ten major sign which will occur in the following order:
The Imposter (Dajjal) will emerge, Prophet ^Isa will descend from
the second sky, Ya’juj and Ma’juj will come forth from their
concealed place of residence, the sun will rise from the West, the
Earth Dabbah (Animal) will emerge. Then a vast spread of smoke
will be followed by three land slides, and the journey of great fire
will originate from the deep valley of ^Adan in Yemen.
,‫ يظهر يَ َّدعي األلوهية‬,‫ له المسيح الدجال‬,‫ومن عالمات الساعة الكبرى ظهور رجل يقال‬
‫ أحيانًا‬،‫ الكثير‬,‫ فيتبعه بعض النَّاس ويكون معه من الفتن الشئ‬،‫ أَنا ربكم‬:‫ويقول للنَّاس‬
‫ريح النَّاس منهم بعد أن يكون استفاض‬ ُ ُ‫يَ ُج ُر وراءه جبل من خبز؛ هذا عيسى يقتله وي‬
‫ك‬ َّ " :‫ َح َذرنا ِمنهُ في ما ورد عنه في الدعاء‬,‫ الرسول‬،‫شره بين النَّاس‬
َ ِ‫الل ُهمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ ب‬
‫من عذاب القبر ومن عذاب النار ومن فتنة المحيا والممات ومن فتنة المسيح‬
َّ " :‫َخب َر َعنهُ أَنَّهُ أعور العين كما قال صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‬
‫إن ربكم ليس‬ َ ‫ َوأ‬,"‫الدجال‬
."‫بأعور‬
Among the major signs of the Day of Judgment is the emerging of
a man who is called al-Masih ad-Dajjal (Imposter) and he is also
known by The one-eyed Imposter (Al-A^war ad-Dajjal), he
appears and claims Godhood; he would say to people: I am your
lord, people would follow him. He brings with him much sedition
(fitan). Sometimes he would pull behind him a mountain of bread.

70
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫‪^Isa (Jesus) would kill him and rid people of him after his evil‬‬
‫‪.would have spread among people‬‬
‫‪The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam warned us‬‬
‫‪:about him in the supplication (du^a’) he taught us‬‬

‫"اللَّ ُهمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِ َ‬

‫ك من عذاب القبر ومن عذاب النار ومن فتنة المحيا والممات ومن‬
‫فتنة المسيح الدجال"‬
‫‪It means: “O Allah, I seek refuge with you from the torture of the‬‬
‫‪grave, the torture of Hellfire, the seditions of life and death, and‬‬
‫‪”.from the sedition of the Imposter Masih‬‬

‫‪He said about him that he is one-eyed and that “your Lord is not‬‬
‫‪”.one-eyed‬‬
‫ءادم والظاهر أنه من بني إسرائيل‪ ,َ,‬إحدى ِ‬
‫عينيه‬ ‫واألعور الدجالُ إنسانٌ من بني َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫حبوس في جزيرةٍ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫اآلن مَ‬
‫األعور‪ .‬وهو َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫مسوحة فلذلك يقالُ ّلهُ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫طافيةٌ كالعَِنَبةِ واألخرى‪ ,‬مَ‬
‫واجتمع ِبهِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫عروفةً‪ ,‬رءاه‬
‫يست مَ َ‬
‫ه الجَزيرةُ َل َ‬
‫اك‪ ,‬وَهذِ ِ‬
‫سوه ُهَن َ‬
‫الئكةُ حََب ُ‬
‫حر‪ ,‬المَ َ‬
‫الب ِ‬
‫في َ‬
‫هرا‬
‫فينة شَ ً‬
‫س ُ‬ ‫فينة فتاهَت ِبهُِم ال َ‬
‫ب ومَْن مََعهُ السّ َ‬
‫أوس ِعَيًانا‪ ,‬رَِك َ‬
‫تميم بن ٍ‬
‫الصَّحابيُّ ُ‬
‫رجل عظيمٌ‬
‫ال بالسّالسِلِ‪ ,‬وهَُو ٌ‬
‫َوبَُعدَت‪ ,‬ثمَّ وصلوا إِلى جزيرةٍ‪ ,‬فاجتمعوا ِبهِ ُمكبَّ ً‬
‫صار كذا‪ ,‬هل‬
‫ه‪ ,‬كََّلَمهم باللسانِ العربيّ قال‪ :‬أَنا ُفالن‪ ,‬وسأََلهم عن أشياء‪ ,‬هل َ‬
‫جسدُ ُ‬
‫ظهر النبيُّ العربي‪ ,ُّ,‬ثم َنزََل‬
‫عليه وسلم‪ ,‬هل َ‬
‫اهلل ِ‬
‫اهلل صلى ُ‬
‫صار كذا‪ ,‬وسأل ُهم َعْن َرسولِ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫األعور الدّجالُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫مثل ما رأى هذا الصحابي‪ ,‬من الدََّّجال‪ .‬وهذا‬
‫اهلل بِ ِ‬
‫سول ِ‬‫الوحيُ على َر ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫المؤمنين‬ ‫جال من‬
‫جائِِبِه أنه يشقُّ َر ً‬
‫خوارق‪ ,‬ومن َع َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ظهُر على يَديهِ‬
‫ابتالء مُِنه يُ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫اهلل تعالى‪,‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫زدْد‬
‫يُكذُِّبهُ في وجههِ نصفينِ ثم ُيحييهِ بإذنِ اهلل َفيقولُ الرجلُ‪ ,‬الذي ُفعَِل بِِه ذَِلكَ‪ :‬لم أَ َ‬
‫لألرض أخرجي‪ ,‬زرعَ ِ‬
‫ك‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ماء أمطري فتمطرُ‪ ,‬ويقول‬
‫للس ِ‬
‫بهذا إال تكذيبً‪,‬ا لكَ‪ ,‬ويقولُ َّ‬
‫ار وهو بردٌ على المؤمنينَ وواحدٌ من ماءٍ وهو ٌ‬
‫نار‬ ‫خرجُُه‪ ,‬مََعهُ نهرانِ َواحدٌ ِمنْ َن ِ‬
‫َفُت ِ‬
‫كأسبوع‪ ,‬وقَ َ‬
‫بل‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫وم‬
‫شهر ويَ ٌ‬
‫وم َك ٍ‬
‫سٍنة ويَ ٌ‬
‫يكون يَوٌم َك َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يظهر الدّجال‬
‫عليهم‪ .‬وأوُّل ما ُ‬

‫‪71‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫قبل‬ ِ ‫سنة‬ٍ ‫ث مائها ثم بع َد‬

َ ‫ ثم‬,‫ك ُثلُثَي مائها‬ ُ ‫تمس‬ َ ‫اء ُثُل‬
ُ ‫ك السََم‬
ُ ‫مس‬
ِ ُ‫بثالث سنواتٍ ت‬ِ ِ ‫ُظ‬
‫هوره‬
‫اهلل عيسى‬ ِ َّ‫ف نبي‬
ُ ِ‫األعور الدّجّالُ ُيصاد‬
ُ ‫ ثم هذا‬,‫ك ُك َّل مائها‬ ِ ‫ظهو ِر ِه بِسنَ ٍة‬
ُ ‫تمس‬ َ
‫ والُّلدُّ َقريةٌ من‬,‫ويريح الناس من شره‬
ُ ّ‫اللد‬
ُّ ِ‫اهلل عيسى هناكَ بباب‬ ِ ُّ‫يقتُلهُ نبي‬
ُ ‫سطين َف‬
َ ‫بِِفَل‬
َ‫ُقَرى فلسطين‬.
Al-A^war ad-Dajjal is a human from the Children of Adam,
apparently he is from the Children of Israel. He is described as
having one normal eye, and the other being like a small ball
bulging out, as well as being a great deceiver and liar. This is why
he is also called ‘the one-eyed Imposter’, and in Arabic “A^war
Ad- Dajjal”, which means the same.
Amazingly, he is now chained by angels on an island. The
whereabouts of this island is unknown to anyone. He cannot
emerge before his due time. He has been imprisoned there for a
long time as it was illustrated by the incident told by a Companion
of Prophet Muhammad sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam.

Tamim Ibn Aws tells that he and other Companions were sailing
when their boat went astray leaving them lost in the ocean for one
month. The boat was drifting deeper into the ocean when it stopped
at an island. There, they were met with the one-eyed Imposter. The
Companion described him to the Prophet as having a huge body
and obviously knows the Arabic language, since he communicated
with him in Arabic. He introduced himself to them and asked them
many questions. Among his questions he asked if the prophet of an
Arab origin – meaning Prophet Muhammad – has come forth yet.
They said: “Yes.” The purpose of his question was to measure the
remaining term of his imprisonment before his freedom. He is
aware that his release will be one of the signs indicating the
approach of the Day of Judgment, which will happen in a time
after the revelation of Prophet Muhammad.

72
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Then the description of the Imposter was revealed to Prophet
Muhammad sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam and it was the same as
that Companion mentioned.
He will possess extraordinary powers all given to him by Allah, the
Exalted.
It has been mentioned that of the extraordinary things he will
display – by the will of Allah – is that he will split a person in two
halves and restore him together again. Then that person will say:
This has increased my belying of you. He will also order the sky to
rain, and it will do so. He will then order the land to produce its
plants, it will do so. The Imposter, will bring about two rivers, one
will seem to be of fire; in reality this one will be a cool one for the
believers. The other one will seem to be of water; in fact it will be
fire for them.

When the Imposter first appears, a day will be as long as a year,

then another day as long as a month and another as long as a week.
Three years before his appearance, the sky will hold off one-third
of its water, a year after it will hold off two-thirds of its water, then
one year before his appearance it will hold off all of its water.
Prophet ^Isa will encounter the Imposter in Palestine and will kill
him at the gate of Ludd (a village in Palestine).
‫ لما ينزل‬،‫األرض‬ ِ ,ِ
‫الثانية إلى‬ ‫زول عيسى َعلَ ِيه السالم من السماء‬ ُ ُ‫ومنها ن‬
ِ
ٌ ‫ ﴿ َوإِنَّهُ لَعل‬,:‫يقول اهللُ تعالى‬
‫ْم‬ ُ ‫ وفي ذلك‬,،‫يكون إشارةُ ُكبرى لقيام الساعة‬
‫اع ِة وهذا‬ َ ‫الس‬
َّ ‫رب‬ ِ ‫َن ُن ُزولَهُ إِيذا ٌن بِ ُق‬ َّ ‫ أَي أ‬.61 / ‫اع ِة﴾ سورة الزخرف‬ َّ ِّ‫ل‬
َ ‫لس‬
ِ
‫اعةُ حتى‬ َ ‫الس‬
َّ ‫وم‬ُ ‫حديث النَّبِ ِّي أَنَّهُ ال َت ُق‬ ‫ جاء في‬,،‫من العالمات الكبرى‬
‫حكما ُم ْقسطًا ويحكم باإلسالم وينشره ويفيض الخير وتكثر‬
ً ‫يهبط ابن مريم فيكم‬
‫ روى الحاكم في المستدرك من حديث أبي هريرة رضي اهلل عنه‬.‫البركة في أَيام عيسى‬

73
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ َولَيسلُ َك َّن‬،‫بن مريم َح َك ًما ُم ْقسطًا‬

ُ ‫عيسى‬ ِ َّ
َ ‫ " لَيَهبطَ َّن‬:‫َّبي صلى اهلل عليه وسلم قال‬
ّ ‫أَن الن‬
‫ رواه الحاكم‬."‫وألر َد َّن َعلَ ِيه‬
ُ ،‫علي‬ َّ ‫ وليَأْتِيَ َّن قبري حتى يسلِّم‬،‫معتمرا‬
ً ‫اجا أو‬
ً ‫فَ ًجا َح‬.
‫عاما ثم يُتوفى فيصلّي عليه المسلمون كما جاء في‬
ً ‫ويمكث عيسى عليه السالم أربعين‬
.‫الحديث‬

Among the major signs of the Day of Judgment is the descent of

^Isa from the second sky to the Earth. His descent is a major sign
:that the Day of Judgment is approaching. Allah said in the Qur’an
﴾‫اع ِة‬ َّ ِّ‫ْم ل‬
َ ‫لس‬ ِ
ٌ ‫﴿ َوإِنَّهُ لَعل‬
Verse 61of Surat az-Zukhruf refers to the descent of Prophet ^Isa
to Earth before the Day of Judgment. It was mentioned in the
hadith of the Prophet sallallahu ^ alayhi wa sallam that ^Isa would
descend to Earth before the Day of Judgment as a fair judge and
will rule with Islam and would spread it. Prosperity will engulf the
land and an abundance of wealth and fortune will be at the reach of
every Muslim.
Al-Hakim related that the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi
wa sallam said:
" ‫ وليَأْتِيَ َّن قبري‬،‫معتمرا‬
ً ‫ أو‬,‫اجا‬
ً ‫ َولَيسلُ َك َّن فَ ًجا َح‬،‫بن مريم َح َك ًما ُم ْقسطًا‬
ُ ‫عيسى‬ ِ
َ ‫لَيَهبطَ َّن‬
"‫وألر َد َّن َعلَ ِيه‬ َّ ‫حتى يسلِّم‬
ُ ،‫علي‬
It means: “^Isa (Jesus), the son of Maryam (Mary) will descend to
earth as a ruler and a fair judge, will perform Hajj or ^Umrah,
and will travel to visit my grave in order to salute me and I will
return his salutation.”
^Isa, peace be upon him, would live on this earth for forty years,
then he would die and the Muslims would perform the Funeral
Prayer for him as mentioned in the hadith.

74
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫قوم من البشر يخرجون إلى‬

ٌ ‫ومأجوج وهم‬
َ ‫يأجوج‬
َ ‫وكذلك من عالمات الساعة ظهور‬
‫ون على‬
َ ‫يمر‬
ّ ٌ‫تحصُل مجاعة‬
ُ ‫ وفي ّأيامهم‬،‫فسادا‬ ٍ
ً ‫كثيرة فيعيثون باألرض‬ ٍ
‫بأعداد‬ ‫النَّاس‬
‫لما‬
َّ ‫ ثم‬,‫ماء‬
ٌ ‫كان هنا‬
َ ُ‫ فيقول‬,‫يمر ءاخرهم‬
ُّ َ‫ ف‬,‫فيشربونها‬
َ َ ‫حيرة َطَبريَّا التي في ِفَل‬
‫سطين‬ ِ ُ‫ب‬
‫يتجرُأ ال ُمسلمو َن‬
ّ ‫ فال‬,‫تون‬
َ ‫نبه‬ِ َ‫اء هم ي‬
ِ ‫السم‬
ّ ‫ليه السّالم من‬
ِ ‫المسيح عيسى َع‬
ُ ُ‫ينزل‬
‫الطورِ يدعون اهلل‬ ُّ ِ‫والمؤمنون إلى جبل‬
َ ‫سيدُنا عيسى عليه السالم‬
ّ ُ‫ فيذهب‬,‫لحربهم‬
َ‫ رقبة‬,ُ‫ودا يدخل‬
ً ُ‫نزُل اهلل عليهم د‬
ِ ُ‫ في‬,‫هلَكهم‬
ِ ُ‫اهلل أن ي‬
ِ ‫ويتضرعون إلى‬
َ ,‫يستغيثون به منهم‬
َ
‫ في‬,‫فتحمُلهم وترميهم‬
ِ ‫ ثم اهلل تعالى ُيرسِلُ طيورا‬,‫فيرميه صريعًا ميًّتا‬
ِ ‫ُكلِّ واحدٍ منهم‬
‫بمدٍة‬
ّ ‫سيدنا عيسى‬
ّ َ‫ وهؤالءِ بعد أن ينزل‬,‫ إلى البحر‬,‫ف ءاثارهم‬
ُ ِ‫نزل مَطرا يَجر‬
ُ ُ‫البحرِ ثم ي‬
.َ‫يظهرون‬
Also among the major signs of the approach of the Day of
Judgment is the emerging of the Ya’juj and Ma’juj (Gog and
Magog), who are from the humans, they come out in large
numbers spreading mischief. A famine will occur during their
days. They will approach a lake in Tabaraya in Palestine and drink
the lake dry. When the last of them reaches the bank of the river
seeking water, he will say, “There once was water here”. Prophet
^Isa and his followers also try to kill the people of Ya’juj and
Ma’juj, but they will be unable to terminate all of them and free the
land from their calamity. So Prophet ^Isa and the Muslims will go
to the mount of at-Tur. There they will supplicate Allah to rid them
from this calamity. Their supplication will be answered. Allah will
swamp the people of Ya’juj and Ma’juj with worms. These worms
will eat their way into their necks killing them instantly as they fall
to the ground. Allah will send birds that will carry them and throw
them in the sea. Heavy rain will then fall, washing the traces of the
people of Ya’juj and Ma’juj into the sea ridding the earth from all
the non-believers. Those people will appear sometime after
Prophet ^Isa comes down to Earth.

75
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫وج‬ ‫الم ِس ِ‬ ‫الدجَّ ِ‬

‫روج َّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ومأج َ‬ ‫يأجوج َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫وخروج‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يح‪,‬‬ ‫ول َ‬ ‫ال‪ ,‬و ُن ُز ُ‬ ‫ُمور الثالثَةُ‪ُ :‬خ ُ‬ ‫َهذه األ ُ‬
‫وخروج‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الم ِس ِ‬
‫يح‪,‬‬ ‫ول َ‬ ‫ال‪ ,‬و ُن ُز ُ‬ ‫الدجَّ ِ‬
‫روج َّ‬ ‫شرةٌ وهي‪ُ :‬خ ُ‬ ‫اع ِة ال ُكبرى َع َ‬ ‫الس َ‬
‫اط ّ‬ ‫ِه َي أ ََو ُل أَشرَ ِ‬
‫الشمس من مغ ِربها‪,‬‬ ‫رة‪ ,‬وهي‪ :‬طُلوعُ َّ‬ ‫ش ِ‬‫الع َ‬ ‫وج‪ .‬ثُم بَع َد ذَلِ َ‬
‫حص ُل بَقيةُ َ‬ ‫ك تَ ُ‬ ‫ومأج َ‬ ‫يأجوج َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اليوم فتستأذن‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫مس كل يوم تستأذ ُن من ربها بالشروق فيؤذ ُن لها حتى يأتي ذلك ُ‬ ‫ش ُ‬ ‫ال َ‬
‫هذ ِه‬
‫األرض‪ ،‬و ِ‬ ‫ب وفي ن ِ ِ‬ ‫ربها فال يؤذَ ُن لَ َها َفتُش ِر ُق من المغ ِر ِ‪,‬‬
‫ِ َ‬ ‫ج دابَةُ‬ ‫خر ُ‬ ‫فس اليوم تَ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ب منها وقد‬ ‫هر َ‪,‬‬ ‫ستطيع أن يَ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫منهم يَ‬
‫الكافر وال أحد ُ‬ ‫َ‪,‬‬ ‫المؤمن من‬
‫َ‬ ‫وتمي ُز‬
‫الناس ّ‬‫الدابَةُ‪ ,‬تَُكِل ُم ّ‬
‫قال تعالى‪َ ﴿ ,:‬وإِ َذا َوقَ َع الْ َق ْو ُل َعلَْي ِه ْم أَ ْخ َر ْجنَا لَ ُه ْم َدآبَّةً ِّم َن‬ ‫ذكرها اهللُ تعالى في القرءان‪َ ،‬‬
‫ن﴾ النمل ‪82 /‬‬ ‫َّاس َكانُوا بِئَايَتِنَا الَ يُوقِنُو َ‬
‫َن الن َ‬‫ض تُ َكلِّ ُم ُه ْم أ َّ‬‫‪.‬األَ ْر ِ‬
‫يوم ٍ‬ ‫الن في ٍ‬ ‫األرض تَحص ِ‬
‫بح‬
‫الص ِ‬
‫واحد بين ُّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫فَطُلوعُ الشمس من مغ ِربِها‪ ,‬و ُخ ُ‬
‫روج دابَةُ‪,‬‬
‫الكافر إن أسلَ َم بَع َد َذلِ َ‬
‫ك ال يَقبَ ُل اهللُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫والضُّحى‪ ,‬بعد ذلك ال يقبل اهلل من ٍ‬
‫أحد توبةً‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫مفتوح إلى اليوم الذي‬ ‫اب التوبَِة‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫توبتَهُ‪ ،‬فبَ ُ‬
‫اب ال يَقبَ ُل اهللُ َ‬
‫سلم الفاج ُ‪,‬ر إن تَ َ‬
‫والم ُ‬
‫إسالمهُ ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪.‬تَطلُ ُع فيهُ الشمس من مغربها‪ ,‬ويحصل خروج الدابة فيه‬
‫‪These three signs: The emerging of the Dajjal, the descend of‬‬
‫‪Prophet ^Isa from the second sky, and the coming forth of Ya’juj‬‬
‫‪and Ma’juj are the first of the big signs of the approach of the Day‬‬
‫‪of Judgment, after which the rest of the ten major signs will occur‬‬
‫‪which will happen in the following order:‬‬

‫‪The sun will rise from the West rather than the East. Every day, the‬‬
‫‪sun asks permission from Allah to rise and it will be permitted. On‬‬
‫‪the day the sign is meant to occur the sun will not be permitted to‬‬
‫‪rise from the east but it will rise from the west. On the same day‬‬
‫‪the Animal of the Earth will emerge. That Animal of the Earth will‬‬
‫‪distinguish between the believer and the blasphemer, Allah‬‬
‫‪mentioned it in the Qur’an in verse 82 of Surat an-Naml:‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

َ‫انُوا بِئَايَتِنَا ال‬,, ‫ك‬,َ ‫َّاس‬ ِ ‫ لَ ُه ْم َدآبَّةً مِّ َن األَ ْر‬,‫و ُل َعلَْي ِه ْم أَ ْخ َر ْجنَا‬,ْ , ,‫ع الْ َق‬,َ , ,َ‫( َوإِذَا َوق‬
َّ ‫ض تُ َكلِّ ُم ُه ْم أ‬
َ ‫َن الن‬
)‫يُوقِنُو َن‬
No one will be able to escape from it.

These two signs happen in one day between dawn and duha (mid
morning), after that repentance will not be accepted from anybody.
Accordingly, if the blasphemer utters the Testification of Faith at
that time, it will not be accepted from him. If a disobedient Muslim
wanted to repent from his sins, his repentance will not be accepted.
So the door of repentance is open until the day when the sun rises
from the west and when that Animal of the Earth emerges.

‫ يَموتو َن من ِش ّد ِة هذا‬,‫اد الكافرون‬ ِ

ُ ‫األرض في َك‬ ‫ينتشر في‬
ُ ‫ينزل دخا ٌن‬ ُّ ‫ثم‬
ُ ,‫الد َخا ُن‬
‫كثيرا إنما أ َث ُر هذا‬ ُّ ‫ليه‬ِ ‫ وأما المسلم المؤمن يصير َع‬,,‫الدخان‬ُّ
ً ‫ كالرشح ال يؤذيه‬,‫كالزكام‬ ُ َ ُ ُ ّ
‫شح‬ َّ ‫المسلِ ِم‬
ِ ‫كالر‬ ِ
ُ ‫ال ُدخان على‬.
After this a vast spread of dense smoke will travel over the land.
This will have harmful effects on the non-believers and it will
suffocate them to near death. The Muslims on the other hand will
be mildly affected showing symptoms similar to the symptoms of
the common cold.
ِ
‫ وهذه‬,‫العرب‬ ِ
‫بجزيرة‬ ‫سف‬
ٌ ‫وخ‬َ ‫غرب‬ ,ِ ‫بالم‬ ِ ٍ ‫وثَالثةُ َخ‬
َ ‫وخسف‬
ٌ ‫بالمشرق‬ ‫سف‬
ٌ ‫سوف َخ‬
‫السالم وت َق ُع في‬ ِ ,ِ ‫الد َّج‬
َّ ‫روج‬
َ ‫سيح عيسى عليه‬ِ ‫الم‬َ ‫ال ونُزول‬ ِ ‫ إال بَع َد ُخ‬,‫سوف ال تأتي‬
ُ ‫ال ُخ‬
‫تقع هذه‬ ِ ٍ ٍ
َ ‫ويحتمل أن‬
ُ ,‫لع من عليها‬
ُ َ‫األرض وب‬ ‫والخسوف معناهُ انشقا ُق‬
ُ ,‫متقاربة‬ ‫أوقات‬
ِ ٍِ ٍ
‫ وعدن‬,‫المغرب‬ َ ‫ج من قَع ِر عدن فتسو ُق‬
‫الناس إلى‬ ُ ‫تخر‬
ُ ‫ونار‬
ٌ ,,‫وف في ءان واحد‬ ُ ‫س‬ُ ‫ال ُخ‬
‫هبوب‬
َ ‫تهب‬
ُّ ‫النار ال تنقلهم عن األرض وإنما تمشي بطيئة ال‬ ُ ‫ وهذه‬،‫أرض باليم ِن‬ ٌ
‫ من بالدهم إلى جهة المغرب‬،‫الناس خوفًا منها يهربون من مواطنهم‬ ُ ،‫الريح‬
ِ .

77
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫‪Then there will be three major land slides. One will happen in the‬‬
‫‪East, the other in the West and the third will occur in the Arabian‬‬
‫‪Peninsula. They will shake the land and swallow everything on‬‬
‫‪their surface.‬‬

‫‪The last of the ten major signs indicating the approach of the Day‬‬
‫‪of Judgment will be a magnificent fire. This fire will erupt from‬‬
‫‪the inner valley of ^Adan in Yemen and will drive the people in‬‬
‫‪fear away from their countries towards the West.‬‬

‫ار‪ ,‬وقبلَ‬
‫قوم القيامة‪ ُ,‬على الكفَّ ِ‬
‫رة تَ ُ‬
‫ش ِ‬
‫اعة الكُبرى العَ َ‬
‫ثمّ َّإنهُ بعدَ ُحصولِ أَشراطِ السّ ِ‬
‫المسلمين ويبقى الكفّ ُ‬
‫ار‬ ‫َ‬ ‫يموت ُكلُّ‬
‫سلمٍ َف ُ‬
‫إبط ُكلِّ ُم ِ‬
‫حت ِ‬‫ريح تَ َ‬
‫ذلك بمائةِ عامٍ يأتي‪ٌ ,‬‬
‫فيفزعون من‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫البوق‬ ‫الصورِ أي في‬
‫السالم في ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫خ إسرافيلُ‪ ,‬عليه‬
‫فتقومُ القيا‪َ ,‬مُة عليهِم‪ ,‬يَُنف ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫الكفار‬ ‫ُ‬
‫قلوب‬ ‫ولُه عظيمٌ تتقطَُّع منه‬
‫البوق هَ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫نفخة إسرافيلَ في‬
‫صوت ِ‬‫َ‬ ‫وت‪ ,‬فإن‬
‫هذا الصّ ِ‬
‫يموتون تلك الساعةَ‪ ,‬فال َيبقى‬
‫َ‬ ‫وت‪ ,‬وكذلك الجُِّن الكفَّ ُ‬
‫ار‬ ‫الص ِ‬
‫حتَّى يموتوا من شدَِّة هذا َّ‬
‫قبل ذلكَ من المسلمينَ‬
‫وقد َماتَ‪ ,‬وأمّا الذين ماتوا َ‬
‫األرض إال َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫بشرٌ وال جنٌّ على وجهِ‬
‫والكافرين‪ُ َ,‬فيغشَى عليهم‬
‫هداء‬ ‫غمى عليهم إال ُّ‬
‫الشهداء أي ُش َ‬ ‫الساعةَ أي يُ َ‬
‫غمى عليهم تلك َّ‬
‫لك الساعةَ أي يُ َ‬‫تِ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫المعركة فال يُغشى‪ ,‬عليهم‪ ،‬والمراد أن األرواح يغشى عليها إذا كان بلي الجسد‬
‫وكذلك األجساد‪ ,‬التي فيه أرواحها يُغشى‪ ,‬عليها حتى األنبياء يصعقون في ذلك الوقت‬
‫ألم‪ ،‬إال الشُّهََداء أي ُشهداءَ المعركَِة فال ُيغشَى عليهم تلكَ السَّاعةَ‪،‬‬
‫ولكن ال يصيبهم ٌ‬
‫وليس معنى ذلك أن الشهداء أعلى مرتبة من األنبياء بل جعل اهلل هذه المزية للشهداء‬
‫سبيل ِ‬
‫اهلل‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الجهاد في ِ‬ ‫‪.‬ترغيبًا في‬
‫‪Once these ten major signs take place, a soft breeze will enter‬‬
‫‪under the arms of every Muslim taking their life gently. One‬‬
‫‪hundred years will pass during which only the non-believers will‬‬
‫‪exist on earth. There will be no Muslim to Praise or Glorify Allah‬‬
‫‪the Exalted. Only the blasphemers will stay alive to face the time‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
when life on Earth will come to an end (Qiyamah). Angel Israfil
will sound the horn. This tremendous blast will rip the hearts of the
non-believers and kill all living creature on earth, including
humans and jinn; no humans or jinn will stay alive.

Those Muslims and blasphemers who have died before that will
lose consciousness at that time save that martyrs, who will not lose
consciousness. What is meant here that if the bodies had already
decayed, then the souls will lose consciousness. The bodies which
will have the souls in them at that time will be shocked too even
the prophets; however, they will not get any pain due to that. The
martyrs will not lose consciousness at that time, this does not mean
that they have higher rank than the prophets, but Allah has made
that significant thing for the martyrs so that people will be
encouraged to seek it.

:‫العلماء‬
ِ ُ‫ قالَ بعض‬,ُ‫ موتًا َعزرائيل‬,‫ وءاخرهم‬,ُ‫شِر يموتُ المالئَِكة‬ َ ِ‫موت الب‬
ِ َ‫ثم َبعد‬
ُ ‫ ثمّ بعدَ ذلك ُيحيي‬.‫والولدَان‬
‫اهلل‬ ِ ُ‫والحور‬
ُ ِ‫لة العرش‬ ُ ‫وح َم‬
َ ‫الجنة وخََزنَُة جهََّنم‬
َِ,َ ُ‫يُستثنى خََزنة‬
‫ وذلكَ بعد أربعين‬,ً‫خ مرًّة ثانية‬
ُ ُ‫ ثم َينف‬,,‫المرَة األولى‬
ّ ِ‫الصور‬
ُّ ‫خ في‬
َ َ‫كان َنف‬
َ ‫إسرافيلَ الذي‬
‫قبورِهم تنشق عنهم القبور ومن تالشت جثته اهلل يجمعها‬ ِ ‫ من‬,ُ‫عامًا فيقومُ األموات‬
‫ ﴿ َونُِف َخ فِي‬,‫اهلل قال تعالى‬
ِ ‫وكذلك من أكلته السباع ال يستثنى أحد وهذا يسير على‬
ٌ ُ
ِ ‫اث إِلَى ربِّ ِهم ي‬
,ِ ‫َج َد‬
51 / ‫ن﴾ سورة يس‬ َ ‫نسلُو‬ َ ْ َ ْ ‫الصو ِر فَِإذَا ُهم ِّم َن األ‬
ُّ .
After the death of the humans, the angels will die, the last of them
to die would be ^Azra’il. Some scholars said: Except for the angels
in charge of Paradise, the angels in charge of Hellfire, those who
carry the Throne, al-Hur, and al-Wildan. After that Allah will bring
Israfil back to life, who had already sounded the horn the first time,
he will sound it a second time; forty years after the first one;
making the dead people come out of their graves. The graves
would crack open, the one whose corpse has decayed totally Allah

79
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫‪would assemble it, also those who were eaten up by the beasts; no‬‬
‫‪one will be exempted and this is an easy matter to Allah.‬‬

‫ثم الناس كلهم يحشرون‪ ،‬كلهم يجمعون في مكان واحد وكل واحد يكون بحسب‬
‫سو ُد وجوههم ألنهم‪ ,‬ما‬
‫حاله المؤمنون اهلل يجعل لهم نور ويكونوا سعداء والكفار تَ َ‬
‫‪.‬كانوا يعتقدون بيوم القيامة‪ ,،‬فما يروا ذلك تكاد تتقطع قلوبهم من شدة الفزع‬
‫ثم بعد ذلك يحاسب العباد على أعمالهم كل ما فعله اإلنسان‪ ,‬في هذه الدنيا‪ ,‬يحاسب‬
‫شرا المالئكة تخرج كتابه‪ ،‬كل شئ مكتوب فيه‪ ،‬كذلك يوم‬ ‫خيرا أو ً‬
‫عليه إن كان ً‬
‫القيامة‪ ,‬شدي ٌد إال على من ه َّو َن اهلل عليه فالويل للذي ال ِ‬
‫يؤم ُن بِ َهذا‪ ,‬اليوم والخسران لمن‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫مال وال بنون إال من أتى اهللُ بَِق ٍ‬
‫لب َسليم‪.‬‬ ‫ال يعد لهذا‪ ,‬اليوم ألن اهلل وصفه‪ :‬يوم ال ينفع ٌ‬
‫لب أي الذي يحمل يوم القيامة في قلبه عقيدة التوحيد خاليًا‪ ,‬من‬ ‫لماذا ذَ َك َر اهللُ ال َق َ‬
‫‪.‬التشبيه والتعطيل‬
‫ثم اإلنسان‪ ,‬يوم القيامة ال يستطيع أن يفر مما فعل‪ ،‬اهلل يش ِه ُد َع ِ‬
‫ليه أعضاؤه‪ ،‬يده تتكلم‬ ‫ُ‬
‫رب عصى بي؛ ويقول الكافرون‪,‬‬
‫والرجل تتكلم تقول‪ :‬يا ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫تنطق تقول‪ :‬يا رب كفر بك‪،‬‬
‫‪.‬لجلودهم‪ :‬لماذا شهدتم علينا؟ فيقولون‪ :‬أنطقنا الذي أنطَ َق ُك َّل َشئ‬
‫فويل لمن ال يؤمن ويعد لذلك‪ ,‬اليوم العظيم‬
‫‪ٌ .‬‬
‫‪Then all of the people will be assembled in one place, every one‬‬
‫‪would be according to his status. Allah has made illuminations for‬‬
‫‪the believers, they will be delighted. The blasphemers will have‬‬
‫‪their faces turn black because they did not use to believe in the‬‬
‫‪Day of Judgment, their hearts would be just about to be ripped off‬‬
‫‪due to their extreme fear.‬‬
‫‪Then after that will be the Questioning (Hisab) of the slaves about‬‬
‫‪their deeds. What the entire person did in this world will be‬‬
‫‪brought for settlement of account, whether it was good or evil, the‬‬
‫‪angels would have his book displayed for him; everything is‬‬
‫‪recorded in it. The Day of Judgment is severe except for those‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
whom Allah has made it easy for them. Woe to the one who does
not believe in this day and what a loss for the one who does not
prepare for it, because Allah described it as the day when no
money or offspring would benefit one except those who would die
with a heart clear of blasphemy. It means the one who carries the
Creed of Tawhid on the Day of Judgment and is clear of likening
Allah to His creations (tashbih) and from denying the existence of
Allah (ta^til).

The person will not be able to run away on the Day of Judgment
from what he did. Allah will make his body parts testify against
him, his hand would speak, it would say: O Lord, he had
blasphemed and disbelieved in You. The leg would speak, it would
say: O Lord he used me to disobey you. The blasphemers would
say to their skin: Why did you testify against us? They would say:
.The One Who made everything speak, made us speak

So, woe to the one who does not believe and does not prepare for
.that great day

‫ " َو ُت ْؤ ِم َن بال َق َد ِر َخ ْي ِر ِه َو َش ِّر ِه‬:‫"بقي من بيان حديث جبريل المشهور‬:

‫ وبخلق‬،‫ يحصل بمشيئة اهلل تعالى‬,‫حص ُل في هذا العالم‬ ُ َ‫فيجب اإليمان أن ُك َّل ما ي‬ ُ
‫جه‬ َ ,ِ
ٍ ‫األشياء على و‬ ‫تدبير‬ ِ ِِ
ُ ‫ ال َق َدر إذا أُري َد به صفةُ اهلل َع َّز َو َج َّل‬,‫ ومعنى‬.‫ وب َق َد َر اهلل‬،‫اهلل‬
‫ وأما‬.‫كل شئ على ما هو عليه‬ ِّ ‫بعبارة اُخرى جعل‬ ٍ ‫ أو‬،‫اهلل ومشيئَتِ ِه األزليين‬
ِ ‫لم‬ ِ ‫ُمطَابِ ٍق لِ ِع‬
ِ ‫ر‬,ِ ‫إذا أُري َد الم ْق ُدور أي المخلوق –كما هو هنا– فإنه يعنِي ما ي ْحصل بتقدي‬
‫ هو‬,‫ لذلك‬،‫اهلل‬ ُُ َ َ ُ َ
ِ ِ ‫ص َف ِة‬
ِ ‫ أما القدر بمعنى‬.‫ي ْن َق ِسم إلى َخي ٍر وشر‬
ً ُ‫ال َعنهُ إ َّن منه‬
‫خيرا ومنه‬ َ ‫يجوز أن ُي َق‬
ُ ‫اهلل فال‬ ُ َ
‫المق ُدور فمنه خير ومنه شر‬
ْ ‫ أما‬،‫س ٌن‬
َ ‫ اهللُ َح‬,‫ وإنما تقدير‬،‫شرا‬
ً .

81
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said: “And to
believe in destiny (qadar)--both good and evil.”
The Arabic term “qadar’ can mean ‘Destining’ and it can mean
‘destiny’. It is obligatory to believe that everything that happens in
this universe happens according to the Will of Allah, by the
Creating of Allah, and by the Destining (Qadar) of Allah.
Destining, when used to mean the eternal attribute of Allah, means
Allah’s managing things and make them occur in accordance with
His eternal Will and Knowledge. In other words, it is making
things the way they are.
However, destiny (qadar) is used in the above text to mean the
created thing. It refers to that which happens according to the
Destining (Qadar) of Allah. This is why it is divided into what is
good and what is evil. It is not permissible to say about the
Destining (Qadar) of Allah which is the attribute of His Self, that
some is good and some is evil. The Destining (Qadar) of Allah is
good. However, as to that which happens, i.e., the created things,
some of them are good and some of them are evil.

ِ ‫شر بِتَقدي ِر‬

،‫اهلل َت َعالَى‬ َّ ‫ ُه َو َخالِ ُق ُك ِّل َشئ َوأ‬,‫َن اهللَ َت َعالَى‬
َ َ ‫َن ال َخ َير وال‬ َّ ‫فالم ْسلِ ُم َي ْعتَ ِق ُد أ‬
ُ
‫والشر قَ َّدرهُ اهللُ وال يُ ِحبِهُ وكله بتقدير اهلل تعالى‬ ُ ُ‫الخير قَ َّد َرهُ اهللُ َويُ ِحبُه‬
ُ .
ُ‫الخير وأَجراه‬ ِ ِ
َ ‫ َخلَ َق إبليس وال يُحبُهُ َو َخلَ َق المالئكةَ ويحبهم وكذلك َخلَ َق‬,‫اهللُ َت َعالى‬
‫ َويُ ِحبُهُ وكذلك خلق الشر والمعاصي وال يحبهم إنما هم بخلقه‬.
The Muslim believes that Allah ta^ala is the Creator of everything,
and that the good and the evil are Decreed by Allah ta^ala. The
good is decreed by Allah and He accepts it, the evil is decreed by
Allah; however, He does not accept it; both of them are decreed by
Allah.
Allah ta^ala created Iblis and does not accept him, He created the
angels and He accepts them. Also, He created the good and made it

82
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
occur and accepts it, He created evil and sin too and does not
accept them although He created them.
‫َن ذلك يتضمن‬ ِ ‫يس بِ َخ‬
َّ ‫لق اهلل أل‬ ِ ‫بخلق‬
َّ ‫اهلل وأ‬ ِ ‫الخير‬ َّ ‫عت َقد‬
َ َ‫ش َر ل‬
َ ‫َن ال‬ َ ‫أن‬ َ ُ‫فال يجوز أن ي‬
ِ ‫ ﴿ َهل ِمن َخالِ ٍق غَْير‬:‫ واهللُ َت َعالى ي ُقول‬،‫ غير اهلل‬,‫وجود خالق‬
‫اهلل﴾ سورة فاطر‬
ُ ْ ْ َ
‫َن اهللَ ُه َو َوح َدهُ َخالِ ُق ُك ِّل َشيء‬
َّ ‫ معناه أ‬.3 /.
‫كثر من تسعمائة سنة ُسميَت‬ ِ
َ َ‫ديمةٌ كانت ظَ َه َرت ُمن ُذ ا‬ َ َ‫ فرقَةٌ ق‬,‫ال َق َدرية‬
‫ والمسلمون‬،‫ اهلل ما خلق الشر‬:‫ هؤالء قالوا‬,،‫نكرو َن ال َق َدر‬ ِ ‫ ألنهم ي‬,‫بال َق َدرية‬
ُ
‫كفروهم وضللوهم‬.
‫وس‬ ٍ
ُ ‫مج‬
ُ ‫ َو‬،‫وس‬
ٌ ‫ "لكل أ َُّمة َم ُج‬:‫أخب َر عنهم فقال‬
َ ‫الرسول عليه الصالةُ والسالم‬
‫الذين َي ُقولو َن الَ قَ َدر" رواه أبو داَ ُود‬
,َ ‫ َه ِذ ِه األ َُّم ِة‬.
It is not permissible to believe that the good is created by Allah
and the evil is not created by Allah because this would entail that
there is a creator other than Allah, Allah said:
ِ ‫ق غَْير‬,ٍ ِ‫﴾ َهل ِمن َخال‬
﴿ ‫اهلل‬ ُ ْ ْ
It means that Allah is the only One Who created everything.
Al-Qadariyyah is an old faction which appeared over nine hundred
years it was named “al-Qadariyyah” because they deny Destining
(Qadar), those ones said: Allah did not create evil, Muslims judged
them as blasphemers and misguided people.
The Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said:
" ‫الذين َي ُقولو َن الَ قَ َدر‬
,َ ‫وس َه ِذ ِه األ َُّم ِة‬
ُ ‫مج‬
ُ ‫ َو‬،‫وس‬
ٍ
ٌ ‫"لكل أ َُّمة َم ُج‬
It means: “Every nation has Magians (fire worshippers) and the
Magians of this nation are those who say there is no Destining
(Qadar).” Narrated by Abu Dawud.

83
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫المجوس يعبدون ءالهان من دون اهلل‪ ،‬إِلَهُ للخير َوإِلَهُ للشر يقولون في‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أن الضوء إِلَهُ الخي ِر والظالم إِلَهُ الشر‪ ،‬إِسمهم إِهرامان‪,‬‬
‫لغتهم الفارسية‪َّ ,‬‬
‫ليل نهار‪ .‬الرسول عليه الصالة والسالم َشبَهَ‬ ‫ويزدان لذلك يشعلون الضوء َ‬
‫‪.‬ال َق َدرية‪ ,‬بالمجوس سلكوا مسلكهم ألنهم‪ ,‬جعلوا إِلَ ًها‪ ,‬للخير وإِلَ ًها للشر‬
‫‪The Magians worship two gods, a god for the good and a god for‬‬
‫‪the evil as they claim. They say in their Persian language that light‬‬
‫‪is the god of the good, and darkness is the god of the evil. Their‬‬
‫‪respective names are: Ihraman and Yazdan, and that is why they‬‬
‫‪light fire during night and day. The Messenger of Allah sallallahu‬‬
‫‪^alayhi wa sallam likened the Qadariyyah to the Magians because‬‬
‫‪they followed their route by believing that there is a god for the‬‬
‫‪good and a god for the evil.‬‬
‫يوجد شخص في أواخر‪ ,‬أيام الصحابة اسمه غيالن الدمشقي‪,،‬‬ ‫كان‬
‫كان سيدنا عثمان بن عفان هو أعتقه‪ ،‬كان عب ًدا مملو ًكا‪ ،‬ثم هذه أزاغ‬
‫اهلل قلبه‪ ،‬صار يقول‪ :‬األعمال التي نحن نعملها‪ ،‬نحن نخلقها‪ ،‬بمشيئتنا‬
‫كبيرا‪ ،‬ثم أيام‬
‫ً‬ ‫شره‬
‫نحن نخلقها‪ ،‬صار يوسوس لهذا ولهذا‪ ,‬ولهذا‪ ،‬صار ُّ‬
‫عمر بن عبد العزيز‪ ,‬الخليفة الراشد‪ ,‬عند نهاية المائة‪ ,‬األولى بلغ خبره عمر‬
‫بن عبد العزيز رضي اهللُ َعنهُ‪ ،‬فطلبه وقال‪" :‬أنت بلغني أنك تقول تتكلم‬
‫علي " هو كان عمر بن‬
‫بكذا‪ ،‬في القدر" فقال‪" :‬يا أمير المؤمنين يكذبون َّ‬
‫عبد العزيز‪ ,‬له هيبة بالتقوى‪ ،‬ليس كبعض الملوك الذين‪ ,‬كانوا من عشيرته‬
‫ضا للتنعم‬
‫تواضعا‪ ،‬وراف ً‬
‫ً‬ ‫متكبرا‪ ,،‬كان من أشد الناس‬
‫ً‬ ‫مبذرا مسرفًا متعجرفًا‬
‫ً‬
‫ال يتنعم‪ ،‬حتى إنه عندما يصلي في بيته يفرش ترابًا‪ ,‬ليسجد على التراب‪،‬‬
‫من أجل التذلل‪ ,‬هلل‪ ،‬ما تجرأ غيالن أن يقول ‪ :‬نعم أنا قلت كذا‪ ،‬بل‬
‫علي يا أمير المؤمنين" سيدنا‪ ,‬عمر ما اطمئن قلبه لكالمه‪،‬‬
‫قال‪" :‬يكذبون َّ‬

‫‪84‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫حر‬ َ ِ‫ "إِ ْن َكا َن في قَلب‬:‫قال‬

َّ ‫ اهلل تعالى يذقيك‬،‫ك خالف ما تقول بلسانك‬
‫ يقطع رأسك بالسيف‬،‫ تقتل‬,‫السيف" يعني‬.
There was a person in the last days of the Companions, his name is
Ghaylan ad-Dimashqiyy, our Master ^Uthman Ibn ^Affan freed
him since he was an owned slave, then Allah ta^ala made his heart
become perverted, he started to say: “We created the deeds we
make; we create it with our will.” He started to whisper to this and
that and that, until his evil became enormous.
At the end of the first one hundred years and during the days of
^Umar Ibn ^Abdul-^Aziz, the rightly guided Caliph, ^Umar heard
about Ghaylan, he called upon him and said: “It had reached me
that you are talking about Destining (Qadar).” He said: “They lie
about me, O Amir of the Believers.”
^Umar Ibn ^Abdul-^Aziz had an awe due to piety, not like the
other kings from his clan. He was neither a heavy spender nor an
arrogant; rather, he was among the most humble people who
refused to live in extravagance. Whenever he used to pray in his
house, he used to spread soil so that he will prostrate on soil out of
humbleness to Allah. Ghaylan did not dare to say: “Yes I said so.”
Rather he said: “They lie about me, O Amir of the Believers.” Our
Master ^Umar was not satisfied with his words. He said to him: “If
there is in your heart what is contrary to what you are saying, then
may Allah let you die with the sword.” This means: That you will
be killed, your head will be cut with the sword if there is in your
heart what is contrary to what you are saying.
‫ رضي اهلل عنه وفي خالفة هشام‬,‫ثم بعد وفاة عمر بن عبد العزيز‬
‫ " أنت‬:‫ فقال له هشام‬,،‫بن عبد الملك عاد غيالن ينشط بدعوة القدرية‬
‫ إن شئت اجمعني بشخص‬،‫ "نعم يا أمير المؤمنين‬:‫تتكلم في القدر؟" قال‬
‫ "ليس له إال األوزاعي" وكان‬:‫ القدري؟" قالوا‬,‫ "من لهذا‬:‫ فقال هشام‬."‫يناظرني‬
‫ الخليفة أرسل في طلبه من‬.‫يسكن مشارف بيروت وهو من أكابر العلماء‬

85
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ "إن أُقيمت عليه‬:‫بيروت إلى دمشق جمعه في مجلس واحد معه فقال‬
:‫ قال عنه األوزاعي‬،‫ فتكلم غيالن نطق بعقيدة القدرية‬."‫الحجة نقطع رأسه‬
‫ "أصابتني دعوة‬:‫ فقال غيالن‬،‫ يا أمير المؤمنين" غلبه‬,‫ ورب الكعبة‬،‫"كافر‬
‫ديه َو ِرجلَ ِيه ثُ َّم قَ ِطع‬
,ِ َ‫ قَطَ َع ي‬.‫ذلك الرجل الصالح" يعني عمر بن عبد العزيز‬
َّ ‫رأسه َو َعلَ َقهُ على باب دمشق ثالثة أيام حتى يعرف أ‬
‫َن هذا ال يحمل‬
‫عقيدة أهل السنة والجماعة بل عقيدة مخالفة لها‬.
Then after the death of ^Umar Ibn ^Abdul-^Aziz, may Allah raise
his rank, and during the Caliphate of Hisham Ibn ^Abdul-Malik
Ghaylan became again active in calling for the belief of the
Qadariyyah. Hisham called on him and said: “Are you talking
about the matter of Destining?” He said: “Yes, O Amir of the
Believers; if you wish let me meet with whoever would debate
me.” Hisham said: “Who would debate this one who carries the
creed of the Qadariyyah?” The people said: “Al-Awza^iyy”. Al-
Awza^iyy used to live in the outskirts of Beirut; he was among the
highest ranking scholars. The Caliph called upon Al-Awza^iyy to
come from Beirut to Damascus. He made them meet in one session
and he said: “If a proof will be produced to discredit his belief we
will cut his head off.” Ghaylan then uttered the creed of the
Qadariyyah. Al-Awza^iyy said: “His is a blasphemer O, Amir of
the Believers.” He defeated him. Ghaylan then said: “I was hit with
the supplication of that righteous man”, he meant ^Umar Ibn
^Abdul-^Aziz. His hands and legs were cut off, then his head was
cut off and hanged on the gate of Damascus for three days so that it
will be known that this one does not carry the Creed of Ahlus-
Sunnah wal Jama^ah, but rather a creed which disagrees with it.

:‫ قال عنه ابن عساكر‬،‫صالحا تقيًا‬ً ‫األوزاعي رحمه اهلل كان‬

‫ وكان رضي‬.‫ طويل الصمت‬،‫ورعا‬ ً ،‫كان األوزاعي كثير العبادة حسن الصالة‬
‫ ولم ُي َر قط ضاح ًكا‬،‫ في دعائه‬,‫اهلل عنه كثير البكاء والتهجد واالبتهال‬

86
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ فإذا‬،‫ وكان ال يبكي في مجلسه‬،‫يقهقه بل كان غاية ذلك أن يبتسم‬

‫ حتى يشفق عليه‬,‫دخل بيته كان يبكي‬.
َّ ‫ويروى أ‬
‫ اإلمام فرأت الحصير الذي‬,‫ دخلت على امرأة‬,‫َن امرأة‬
‫ هذا أثر دموع‬:‫ لعل الصبي بال هنا؟ فقالت‬:‫يصلي عليه مبلوالً فقالت‬
‫ هكذا يصبح في كل يوم‬،‫الشيخ في سجوده‬.

َ ‫ "كافر" ألنه َك َّذ‬:‫ الورع ما تردد بأن قال لغيالن‬,‫كان رحمه اهلل شديد‬
‫ب‬
‫الشر‬
َ َّ ‫ أ‬,‫ فالذي يعتقد‬.16 / ‫ق ُك ِّل َشى ٍء﴾ سورة الرعد‬,ُ ِ‫ ﴿قُ ِل اهللُ َخال‬,:‫اهلل تعالى‬
‫َن‬ ِ ‫قول‬
ْ
‫لق اهلل هذا كافر ليس بمسلم‬ ِ ‫ليس بِ َخ‬
َ .
Al-Awza^iyy, may Allah endows his mercy on him was a
righteous pious individual, Ibn ^Asakir said about him:
Al-Awza^iyy used to perform lots of acts of worship, pray plenty
good, was God-fearing, and used to stay silent for lengthy periods.
He, may Allah raise his rank, used to cry a lot and to pray the late
night prayer. He was never seen bursting with loud laughter, rather
he would smile, he did not use to cry while in session, but when he
enters his home he would start crying until the people felt
sympathetic towards him.
It was narrated that a woman visited his wife and she saw that the
mat which he prayed on was wet, she said: Did the boy urinate
here? His wife answered her: These are the traces of the tears of
the shaykh while he is prostrating, this is how this mat is every
morning (means he cries a lot while he is prostrating during the
late night prayer).
He was extremely God-fearing, he did not hesitate to say to
Ghaylan: “You are a blasphemer” because he belied Allah’s
saying:

﴿ ‫﴾قُ ِل اهللُ َخالِ ُق ُك ِّل َش ْى ٍء‬

87
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬

‫‪Verse 16 of Surat ar-Ra^d which means: “Say (O Muhammad) that‬‬

‫”‪Allah is the Creator of everything.‬‬
‫‪So, the one who believes that evil is not created by Allah is a‬‬
‫‪blasphemer.‬‬
‫ثم في عصرنا هذا ال توجد فرقة تسمى ال َقدرية‪ ,‬إَنما توجد فرقة‬
‫في بالد المسلمين جماعة تسمى "حزب التحرير" رأسهم‪ ,‬تقي الدين النبهاني‬
‫أسس حزب‪ ,‬التحرير في فلسطين ثم انتقلوا إِلى لبنان ثم انتشروا‪ .‬وجملة‬
‫فر والعياذُ‪,‬‬
‫معتقداتهم أنهم‪ ,‬يقولون‪ :‬اهللُ ال يَخلُ ُق كل أفعال العباد‪ ,‬وهذا ُك ٌ‬
‫‪.‬باهلل تعالى‬
‫يقول زعيمهم تقي الدين‪ ,‬النبهاني‪ ,‬في كتابه المسمى الشخصية اإلسالمية‪( ,‬الجزء‬
‫األول‪ :‬القسم‪ ,‬األول ص‪ 71/‬ـ ‪ )72‬ما نصه‪« :‬وهذه األفعال ـ أي أفعال اإلنسان‪ ,‬ـ ال‬
‫دخل لها بالقضاء وال دخل للقضاء بها‪ ،‬ألن اإلنسان هو الذي قام بها بإرادته‬
‫واختياره‪ ،‬وعلى ذلك فإن األفعال‪ ,‬االختيارية‪ ,‬ال تدخل‪ ,‬تحت القضاء»‪ ,‬اهـ‪ ،‬ويقول في‬
‫نفس الكتاب (الجزء األول‪ :‬القسم‪ ,‬األول‪ :‬ص‪ )74/‬ما نصه‪« :‬فتعليق المثوبة أو‬
‫العقوبة بالهدى‪ ,‬والضالل يدل على أن الهداية‪ ,‬والضالل هما من فعل اإلنسان وليسا‬
‫‪.‬من اهلل» ا‪.‬هـ‪ ،‬وكذا يذكر في كتابه المسمى بـ‪« :‬نظام اإلسالم» (ص ‪)22‬‬
‫‪In our era, nowadays, there is no faction called the Qadariyyah,‬‬
‫‪rather there is a group in the Muslim countries called “Hizb at-‬‬
‫‪Tahrir”, their leader is Taqiyyud-Din an-Nabahaniyy established‬‬
‫‪Hizb at-Tahrir in Palestine, then they moved to Lebanon and‬‬
‫‪spread out.‬‬
‫‪Among their beliefs is that they say: “Allah does not create all of‬‬
‫‪the deeds of the salve.” This is blasphemy, we seek refuge with‬‬
‫‪Allah ta^ala from that.‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
The leader of Hizb at-Tahrir, Taqiyyud-Din an-Nabahaniyy, said in
his book, ash-Shakhsiyyah al-Islamiyyah (Volume 1, pages 71-72):
“These actions (i.e., the actions of man) are not related to Allah’s
creating and Allah’s creating is not related to them, because man is
the one who performs them by his will and choice, thereupon, the
voluntary actions do not fall under Allah’s creating.”

He also said in the same book (Volume 1, page 74): “Rendering

the reward or punishment contingent upon guidance and
misguidance denotes guidance and misguidance are doings of the
slave and not from Allah.” He stated a similar thing on page 72 in
another one of his books called Nidham-ul-Islam.

,:‫ فأما القرءان فقد قال اهلل تعالى‬,.‫هذا الكالم مخالف للقرءان والحديث وصريح العقل‬
‫ ﴿ َواهللُ َخلَ َق ُك ْم َو َما‬:‫ وقال‬،2 / ‫ىء َفقَ َّد َره تَْقدِ ًيرا﴾ سورة الفرقان‬ ٍ َ‫﴿َوخَلَ َق ُك َّل ش‬
/ ‫د ٍر﴾ سورة القمر‬ َ ‫ وقال ﴿إِنَّا ُك َّل َش ْي ٍء َخلَ ْقنَاهُ بَِق‬.96 / ‫الصافَّات‬
َّ ‫َت ْع َملُو َن﴾ سورة‬
‫ العباد‬,‫ في الوجود من أجسام وحركات‬,‫ لكل ما يدخل‬,‫ والشىء هنا شامل‬،49
‫ أكثر‬,‫ االختيارية‬,‫ واألفعال‬،‫ ما كان منها اختياريًّا وما كان منها اضطراريًّا‬،‫وسكونهم‬
‫ لكان ما‬,‫ فلو كان كل فعل اختياري من العباد بخلق العبد‬.‫بكثير من غير االختيارية‬
,‫ والشىء معناه في اللغة‬,،‫ من أعماله أكثر مما يخلقه اهلل من أعمال العباد‬,‫يخلقه العبد‬
‫ موجودة‬,‫ االختيارية‬,‫ وهذه األعمال أعمال اإلنسان‬،‫الموجود‬.

These words of Taqiyyud-Din an-Nabahaniyy are contrary to the

Qur’an, the Hadith, the explicit sound intellect, and the sayings of
the scholars.

Allah ta^ala said in Surat-al-Furqan, Verse 2:

ٍ َ‫﴾َوَخلَ َق ُك َّل ش‬
﴿ ‫ىء َفَق َّد َره َتقِْد ًيرا‬

It means: “He created everything and made terms for them.”

89
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
Allah said in Surat as-Saffat, Verse 96:

﴿ ‫م َو َما َت ْع َملُو َن‬,ْ ‫﴾ َواهللُ َخلَ َق ُك‬

It means: “Allah created you and your doings.”

Also, Allah said in Surat al-Qamar, Verse 49:

﴿ ‫﴾إِنَّا ُك َّل َش ْي ٍء َخلَ ْقنَاهُ بَِق َد ٍر‬

It means: “Verily, I have created everything according to My
Destiny.”
The term shay’ (thing) in these verses includes everything which
enters into existence. Bodies, the voluntary and involuntary
motions and rests of the slaves, and what pertains to them are not
excluded. Moreover, voluntary actions far exceed the involuntary
ones. So, if Hizb at-Tahrir’s claim was correct i.e., every voluntary
action of the slave is a creation of the slave himself, then what the
slaves would create among their actions would be more than what
Allah creates--a thought the sound intellect totally rejects.
Linguistically, the term shay’ (thing) refers to what is existing—
which includes these voluntary actions.

‫ فاإلنسا ُن له نوعان من‬,،‫ ال يخلصه من الكفر‬,"‫ "األعمال اإلختيارية‬:‫وقوله‬

‫َن الواحد منا هو يختار أن يذهب إلى‬ َّ ‫مثال على ذلك أ‬
ٌ ,‫ اإلختيارية‬:‫األعمال‬
‫ والموت؛‬،‫ والحياة‬،‫ واإلضطرارية كالمرض‬،‫البيت أو يبقى في المسجد‬
‫هذان اإلضطراري واإلختياري هما بخلق اهلل‬.
His saying: “The voluntary actions” does not save him from
blasphemy, the human has two types of actions: The voluntary
actions for example, one might elect to go home or to stay in the
mosque; and there are the involuntary actions like: Sickness, life,

90
‫‪The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman‬‬
‫‪Someone might say‬‬
‫‪and death. Both, the voluntary and involuntary actions are created‬‬
‫‪by Allah.‬‬
‫سورة األنعام ‪/‬‬ ‫ب ْأفئِدَتَهُْم َوأَْب َ‬
‫ص َار ُهمْ﴾‬ ‫ضا لقوله تعالى‪َ﴿ ,:‬ونُقلِّ ُ‬
‫وكالم زعيمهم مخالف أي ً‬
‫‪ ،110‬فقد أخبر اهلل في هذه اآلية‪ ,‬بأن عمل العبد القلبي‪ ,‬وعمله الذي يعمله بجوارحه‬
‫‪!.‬من فعل اهلل تعالى‪ ,‬فهل لهم من جواب على هذه اآلية؟‬

‫‪The statements of their leader also contradict the saying of Allah in‬‬
‫‪Surat al-An^am, Verse 110:‬‬

‫ب ْأفئِدَتَهُْم َوأَْب َ‬
‫ص َار ُهمْ ﴿‬ ‫﴾َونُقلِّ ُ‬
‫”‪It means: “We turn their hearts and sights.‬‬

‫‪In this Verse, Allah revealed that both the actions of the hearts and‬‬
‫‪the actions of the limbs are doings of Allah. Do they have a reply‬‬
‫?‪to this Verse‬‬

‫وأما مخالفته للحديث فقد روى مسلم في صحيحه والبيهقي‪ ,‬وغيرهما أن رسول اهلل‬
‫س"‪ ،‬والعجز‪ :‬البالدة‪،‬‬
‫جزُ َوالكَْي ُ‬
‫ىء بَِقدَْر َحَتى العَ ْ‬
‫صلى اهلل عليه وسلم قال ‪ُ":‬كُّل شَ ٍ‬
‫صْنعَِتِه" رواه‬
‫صِانٍع َو َ‬
‫صِانُع ُكِّل َ‬
‫اهلل َ‬
‫والكيس‪ :‬الذكاء‪ ،‬وقال صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‪ِ" :‬إَّن َ‬
‫‪.‬الحاكم من حديث حذيفة‪,‬‬

‫ضا الحديث الذي أخرجه ابن جرير‪ ,‬الطبري في كتابه تهذيب اآلثار‪ ,‬وصححه‬
‫وخالف أي ً‬
‫وهو قوله عليه الصالة والسالم‪" :‬صنفان من أمتي ال نصيب لهما في اإلسالم‪:‬‬
‫القدرية‪ ,،‬والمرجئة"‪ ،‬فهذا الحديث صريح في تكفير‪ ,‬أهل القدر القائلين‪ ,‬بأن العبد‪ ,‬هو‬
‫الذي يخلق أعماله بإرادته وتقديره‪ ,‬كهذه الفرقة‪ ,،‬فهم بهذه المقالة‪ ,‬جردوا أنفسهم من‬
‫‪.‬اإلسالم وانسلخوا منه كما تنسلخ الحية من جلدها‬

‫‪91‬‬
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
The following are examples of Taqiyyud-Din an-Nabahaniyy’s
negation of the hadith. Imam Muslim in his Sahih, al-Bayhaqiyy,
and others narrated that the Messenger of Allah, sallallahu ^alayhi
wa sallam, said:

:" ‫س‬
ُ ‫جزُ َوالكَْي‬
ْ َ‫ىء بَِقدَْر َحَتى الع‬
ٍ َ‫"ُكُّل ش‬

It means: “Everything is by the creating of Allah----even stupidity

and intelligence.”

As related by Ibn Hibban, the Prophet said:

" ِ‫صْنَعِته‬
َ ‫صانٍِع َو‬
َ ِّ‫صانُِع ُكل‬
َ ‫اهلل‬
َ ‫"إَِّن‬

It means: “Allah is the Creator of every doer and his doing.”

Moreover, an-Nabahaniyy negated the hadith that was related and

determined to be sahih by Ibn Jarir at-Tabariyy in his book,
Tahdhib ul-Athar:

" ,‫ والمرجئة‬،‫ القدرية‬:‫"صنفان من أمتي ال نصيب لهما في اإلسالم‬

It means: “Two types among my nation have no share in Islam,

those who deny Destiny (al-Qadar) and al-Murji’ah.”

* Al-Murji'ah is a deviant blasphemous faction. Among their false

sayings is: “No matter how many enormous sins a believer
commits, he will not be tortured on the Day of Judgment.”

This hadith is explicit in classifying as blasphemous those who

deny Qadar (Destiny). Hence, When Hizb at-Tahrir say: “The
slave creates his own actions by his will and creating,” they
deprive themselves of Islam and separate themselves from it like
the snake sloughs off its skin.

92
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

‫ فهو أنه يلزم من قولهم المذكور أن يكون اهلل مغلوبًا‬,‫وأما مخالفته لصريح العقل‬
‫ واهلل ال‬،‫مقهورا ألنه يكون العبد على ذلك خال ًقا لهذه المعاصي على رغم إرادة اهلل‬ ً
21 / ‫َم ِر ِه﴾ سورة يوسف‬
ْ ‫ب َعلَى~ أ‬
ِ
ٌ ‫ ﴿ َواهللُ غَال‬:‫ قال اهلل تعالى‬،‫يكون إال غالبًا‬.
‫ وهذا مما ال‬،‫وعلى حسب زعمهم فإنه يجري في ملكه تعالى شئ بغير مشيئته‬
‫الملك طرفةُ عين وال لفتةُ ناظر إال بقضاء اهلل وقدره وقدرته‬
ُ ‫ فإنه ال يجري في‬،‫يصح‬
‫ فال يصح‬.‫ وهم يسألون‬,‫ عما يفعل‬,‫ ال يُسأل‬،‫شرا‬
ً ‫خيرا أو‬
ً ‫ وال فرق بين ما كان‬،‫ومشيئته‬
‫ كما تقول‬،‫ اهلل ووجود قسم ءاخر بفعل غيره‬,‫عقالً أن يكون وجود قسم منها بفعل‬
‫ خالفوا أهل الحق‬,‫المعتزلة الذين‬.

‫ فإذا‬،‫ مع أعماله وإقراره ومعرفته مخلوق‬,‫ "والعبد‬:‫قال اإلمام أبو حنيفة في الوصية‬
:‫ وقال األمام أبو الحسن البصري‬،"‫كان الفاعل مخلوقًا فأفعاله أولى أن تكون مخلوقة‬
‫ﻫ‬.‫"ومن كذب بالقدر فقد كفر" ا‬.

An-Nabahaniyy’s negation of the sound intellect lies in that his

saying necessitates Allah is defeated and compelled. According to
him, the slave is the creator of these sins regardless of the Will of
Allah. However, the truth is that Allah is always triumphant, for
Allah ta^ala says in Surat Yusuf, Verse 21:

﴿ ‫ب َعلَى~ أ َْم ِر ِه‬ ِ

ٌ ‫﴾ َواهللُ غَال‬
It means: “Allah is always Triumphant (carries out) His will.”

According to the claim of Hizb at-Tahrir, “Things happen in the

Dominion of Allah against His Will.” This is invalid. Nothing
happens in Allah’s Dominion, whether a blink of an eye or a
glance, except by His Creating, Predestination, Power and Will--
regardless of whether it is good or evil. He is not questioned about
what He does but they are questioned. It is intellectually invalid

93
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
that some doings are created by Allah and other doings are created
by others. Hence, what Hizb at-Tahrir say is invalid, and they
negate the People of Truth. In his book, Al-Wasiyyah, Imam Abu
Hanifah said: “The slave is a creature--as are his doings,
confessions and knowledge.”

,،‫ التحرير" عندهم زالت أُخرى منها إِنكارهم عذاب القبر‬,‫ثُ َّم هؤالء جماعة "حزب‬
‫َّار‬
ُ ‫ ﴿الن‬,:‫ قال اهلل تعالى‬،‫ هذا ضد القرءان‬.‫ اإلنسان ال يعذب في قبره‬:‫يقولون‬
َ ‫اعةُ أَ ْد ِخلُو~اْ َء‬
‫ال فِ ْر َع ْو َن أَ َش َّد‬ َ ‫الس‬
َّ ‫وم‬ ِ
ُ ‫ضو َن َعلَْي َها غُ ُد ًّوا َو َعشيًّا َو َي ْو َم َت ُق‬ُ ‫ُي ْع َر‬
46 / ‫اب﴾ سورة غافر‬ ِ ‫ال َْع َذ‬.

ِّ ‫ذاب القب ِر ما رواه البخاري ومسلم في الدعاء الذي ورد عن‬

‫النبي‬ ِ
َ ‫ويكفي في إثبات َع‬
‫ك من عذاب‬ َ ِ‫الل ُهمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ ب‬
َّ " :‫صلى اهللُ عليه وسلم والذي رواه البخاري ومسلم‬
‫ هذا الدعاء‬.",‫القبر ومن عذاب النار ومن فتنة المحيا والممات ومن فتنة المسيح الدجال‬
‫ عليه الصالة والسالم‬,‫ فهل الرسول‬,،‫والصالةُ ا ِإل ْب َر ِاهيميَّة‬
َّ ,‫ش ُهد‬
َ َّ‫يقال في الصالة بعد الت‬
‫أصل لَهُ؟‬ ِ
َ ‫!! ُي َعل ُم شيئًا ال‬
Hizb at-Tahrir also has other strayings, among them is their
denying of the torture in the grave; they say: the human does not
receive any torture in the grave, this is against the Qur’an, Allah
said:
َ ‫اعةُ أَ ْد ِخلُو~اْ َء‬
﴿‫ال‬ َ ‫الس‬
َّ ‫وم‬ ِ
ُ ‫ضو َن َعلَْي َها غُ ُد ًّوا َو َعشيًّا َو َي ْو َم َت ُق‬ ُ ‫َّار ُي ْع َر‬
ُ ‫الن‬
,ِ ‫﴾فِ ْر َع ْو َن أَ َش َّد ال َْع َذ‬
‫اب‬
Verse 46 of Surat Ghafir means that the blasphemer will be
tortured by looking at the seating he will have in Hellfire twice a
day, once at the beginning at the day, and once at the end of the
day.

94
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
What is sufficient in proving that there will be torture in the grave
is the supplication (du^a’) which of the Messenger of Allah
sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam mentioned:
َ ِ‫"اللَّ ُهمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ ب‬
‫ك من عذاب القبر ومن عذاب النار ومن فتنة المحيا والممات ومن‬
"‫فتنة المسيح الدجال‬
It means: “O Allah, I seek refuge with you from the torture of the
grave, the torture of Hellfire, the temptations of life and death, and
from the temptation of the Imposter Masih.” (Narrated by
.)al-Bukhariyy and Muslim

This supplication is said in the prayer after reciting the Tashahhud

and as-Salatul-‘Ibrahimiyyah, so does the Prophet sallallahu
!!?^alayhi wa sallam teach something which has no basis

,‫ وأكثر من ذلك والدليل على حرمة‬,‫ للمرأة األجنبية‬,‫ثم هؤالء يبيحون مصافحة الرجل‬
‫خير له من أن‬
ٌ ‫ " ألن يطعن أحدُكم بحديدة في رأسه‬:‫ حديث‬,‫مصافحة المرأة األجنبية‬
ّ ‫ في المعجم الكبير‬,‫تحل له" رواه الطبراني‬
‫وحسنه الحافظ ابن حجر‬ ّ ‫يمس امرأة ال‬.
َّ ‫أسهُ بِ َحدي َد ٍة َخ ٌير لَهُ من مصافحة المرأة األجنبية أل‬
‫َن‬ َ ‫معناهُ لو نزلت لَهُ ُمصيبَةٌ أن ُش َّج َر‬
‫شرع اهلل‬
ِ ‫حرام في‬
ٌ ‫هذا‬.
Those one also make it permissible for the man to shake hands
with the marriageable woman and more than that. The proof that it
is unlawful for one to sake hands with a marriageable woman is the
hadith of the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam:
" ‫له‬ ّ ‫ ال‬,‫"ألن يطعن أحدُكم بحديدة في رأسه خيرٌ له من أن يمس امرأة‬
‫تحل‬
It means: “For one to be stabbed by a piece of iron in his head is
better for him than touching a woman who is not lawful for him.”
(Narrated by at-Tabaraniyy in Al-Mu^jam al-Kabir). It was
classified as a hasan by Hafidh Ibn Hajar.

95
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
* A hasan hadith is a hadith which is less than a sahih in
classification but both are relied upon in deducing judgments.

It means that if a calamity were to be inflicted on a person in which

it cuts his head with a piece of iron is better for him than shaking
hands with a marriageable woman because this is unlawful in the
Religion.

‫ ليس هذا زنا حقيقيًا إِنما هو مجاز هو يوصل‬،‫ سمى هذا زنا اليدين‬,‫ثم الرسول‬
،‫ الضم والتقبيل بال شهوة يجوز‬:‫ هؤالء يقولون ليس اللمس فقط يقولون‬,،‫للفاحشة‬
,‫ باهلل تعالى‬,ُ‫هؤالء يؤلفون دينًا جدي ًدا والعياذ‬.
The Prophet sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam named this “adultery of
the hand”, it is not the actual adultery; rather it is figurative; it
leads to adultery. Those ones do not that only touching is
permissible, they say: Hugging, and kissing without desire is
permissible too; so they are making a new religion; we seek refuge
with Allah ta^ala from that.

‫ قال واح ٌد من أهل‬،‫ يجوز تقبيل المرأة األجنبية‬:‫ كان يقول‬,‫واح ٌد في لبنان من زعمائهم‬
‫ض‬ ِ ِ‫ ب‬,‫المرأة األجنبية‬
ِ ‫ ي َقبِل وهو م‬:‫شهوة حرام؟ قال‬ ِ ِ ‫ أال تقولون النظر إلى‬:‫العلم‬
ٌ ‫غم‬ ُ ُ ُ ‫وجه‬
‫ قال هذا من شدة جهله‬،‫عينيه‬.
One of their leaders in Lebanon used to say: It is permissible to
kiss the marriageable woman, one person said to him: Don’t you
know that even the look at the face of the marriageable woman
with desire is unlawful? He said: He kisses her while closing his
eyes. He said that out of his extreme ignorance.

‫ "إِ َّن اهللَ كتب‬:‫وقد قال رسول اهلل صلى اهلل عليه وسلم فيما رواه البخاري عنه إذ يقول‬
,‫ النظر واليد تزني‬,‫على ابن ءادم حظه من الزنا أدرك ذلك ال محالة فالعين تزني وزناها‬

96
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say

,‫ وزناه المنطق والفم يزني‬,‫ الخطى واللسان يزني‬,‫ تزني وزناها‬,‫وزناها اللمس والرجل‬
,‫"وزناه ال ُقبَل والنفس تمنَّى وتشتهي والفرج يُصد ُق ذلك أو يكذبه‬.
‫ اهلل جعل كثيرين من‬،‫َن اهلل جعل في البشر طبائع منها اختالس النظر‬ َّ ‫معنى الحديث أ‬
:‫ وقوله صلى اهلل عليه وسلم‬،‫ ثم ذكر النبي اللمس‬،‫البشر يفعلون هذا إال من َسلَّ َمهُ اهلل‬
َّ ‫"والفرج يُصد ُق ذلك أو يكذبه" أي أ‬.
‫ وقد يترك ذلك‬,‫َن اإلنسان قد يزني‬
‫فكيف يحلل هؤالء مصافحة المرأة األجنبية؟‬
َّ ‫اإلنسان عليه أن يبتعد عن المعاصي أل‬
‫َن الشيطان يزين لإلنسان وال يتركه متى يقع في‬
‫ في الكبائر‬,‫ حتى ال يقع بعدها‬,‫ الصغائر‬,‫ فمطلوب اجتناب‬,،‫الكبائر‬.
The Messenger of Allah sallallahu ^alayhi wa sallam said:
"‫ وزناها‬,‫ أدرك ذلك ال محالة فالعين تزني‬,‫إِ َّن اهللَ كتب على ابن ءادم حظه من الزنا‬
‫ وزناه‬,‫ الخطى واللسان يزني‬,‫ تزني وزناها‬,‫ وزناها اللمس والرجل‬,‫النظر واليد تزني‬
,‫ يزني وزناه ال ُقبَل والنفس تمنَّى وتشتهي والفرج يُصد ُق ذلك أو يكذبه‬,‫"المنطق والفم‬
It means: “Written on the son of Adam is his share of adultery that
he inevitably commits; the adultery of the eye is the unlawful look,
the adultery of the hand is the unlawful touching, the adultery of
the foot is the unlawful walking, the adultery of the tongue is the
unlawful talk, the adultery of the mouth is the unlawful kiss. And
the self would wish and desire to commit the actual adultery; the
private part would be the instrument to commit the actual adultery
if the self drives the person to commit it.”
This hadith that Allah had made in the humans characters and
natures, among them is looking stealthily, Allah ta^ala made many
of the humans do that except those whom He saved from that.
Then the prophet mentioned that touching. His saying, sallallahu
^alayhi wa sallam: “The private part would be the instrument to
commit the actual adultery if the self drives the person to commit

97
The Explanation of Hadith Jibril about Iman
Someone might say
it.” Means that the person might commit adultery or might leave
that.
So how come those ones deem lawful shaking hands with the
marriageable woman.
The person has to keep himself away from committing sins,
because the devil decorates such things for him; he will not leave
him whenever he commits the enormous sins. One is supposed to
avoid committing the small sins so that he will not commit the
enormous sins after that.
‫ في الدانمارك عملوا خليفة سري يجلبون‬،‫ التحرير" يموهون على الناس‬,‫جماعة "حزب‬
‫ وشاربوا الخمر إِلى ال َخالء يطفئون الضوء ويقيم عليهم الحد كيف هذا واهلل‬,‫له الزناة‬
2 / ‫ين﴾ سورة النور‬ِِ ِ
َ ‫ ِّم َن ال ُْم ْؤمن‬,ٌ‫ طَائ َفة‬,‫ ﴿ َولْيَ ْش َه ْد َع َذ َاب ُه َما‬:‫يقول‬.
Hizb at-Tahrir deceive people, in Denmark they made a secret
“caliph” they bring to him the adulterers and fornicators and the
alcohol drinkers, they take them to the washroom; then they turn
the lights off and hand him the penalty. How come they do that and
Allah said in the Qur’an:
﴿ ‫ين‬ِِ ِ
َ ‫ ِّم َن ال ُْم ْؤمن‬,ٌ‫ طَائ َفة‬,‫﴾ َولْيَ ْش َه ْد َع َذ َاب ُه َما‬
Verse 2 of Surat an-Nur means: “And let a group of the believers
witness their punishment.”

98